Esercizi di Inglese - The Road to the English Grammar

Filtri

Azzera filtri
Livello B2-C1 Discorso indiretto con tempi verbali e particolarità

A una festa hai incontrato Helen, una vecchia amica dell’università. Riporta in discorso indiretto le cose che ti ha raccontato, mettendo il verbo introduttivo al passato.

1. I didn’t finish university because I got married to a French teacher a few years ago.

...................................................................................................................................................

2. I went to live in France.

...................................................................................................................................................

3. I got divorced two years ago and came back to England.

...................................................................................................................................................

4. I don’t have any children but I want to have at least one.

...................................................................................................................................................

5. I’m looking for a part-time job as an interpreter. I can speak French fluently.

...................................................................................................................................................

6. I’ve been living in the country since I came back from France.

...................................................................................................................................................

7. You can come and visit me where I’m living now.

...................................................................................................................................................

8. I hope I will meet someone special because I feel lonely.

...................................................................................................................................................

1. I didn’t finish university because I got married to a French teacher a few years ago.

...................................................................................................................................................

2. I went to live in France.

...................................................................................................................................................

3. I got divorced two years ago and came back to England.

...................................................................................................................................................

4. I don’t have any children but I want to have at least one.

...................................................................................................................................................

5. I’m looking for a part-time job as an interpreter. I can speak French fluently.

...................................................................................................................................................

6. I’ve been living in the country since I came back from France.

...................................................................................................................................................

7. You can come and visit me where I’m living now.

...................................................................................................................................................

8. I hope I will meet someone special because I feel lonely.

...................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Helen said she hadn’t finished university because she had got married to a French teacher a few years ago.
  2. She said she had gone to live in France.
  3. She said she had got divorced two years before and had come back to England.
  4. She said she didn’t have any children but she wanted to have at least one.
  5. She said she was looking for a part-time job as an interpreter and that she could speak French fluently.
  6. She said she had been living in the country since she had come back from France.
  7. She said I could go and visit her where she was living at that moment.
  8. She said she hoped she would meet someone special because she felt lonely.
Livello A2 Numeri cardinali
Abbina i numeri scritti in lettere al corrispondente in cifre.
  1. one hundred and ten
    ......................................
  2. three thousand, seven hundred and thirty-five
    ......................................
  3. nought point twenty-eight
    ......................................
  4. two thousand and six
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  5. fourteen point five
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  6. five million, nine hundred thousand, six hundred and ninety-two
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  7. sixty-seven
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  8. two hundred and twelve
    ​​​​​​​......................................

 

a. 14.5

b. 212

c. 2006

d. 0.28

e. 110

f. 67

g. 5,900,692

h. 3735

  1. one hundred and ten
    ......................................
  2. three thousand, seven hundred and thirty-five
    ......................................
  3. nought point twenty-eight
    ......................................
  4. two thousand and six
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  5. fourteen point five
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  6. five million, nine hundred thousand, six hundred and ninety-two
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  7. sixty-seven
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  8. two hundred and twelve
    ​​​​​​​......................................

 

a. 14.5

b. 212

c. 2006

d. 0.28

e. 110

f. 67

g. 5,900,692

h. 3735

Soluzioni
  1. e. 110
  2. h. 3735
  3. d. 0.28
  4. c. 2006
  5. a. 14.5
  6. g. 5,900,692
  7. f. 67
  8. b. 212
Livello B2-C1 Phrasal verbs (2): transitivi

Abbina i phrasal verbs della lista A alle espressioni nella lista B per formare delle richieste.

A

  1. Turn on
  2. Fill in
  3. Put on
  4. Turn down
  5. Hand in
  6. Take off
  7. Call off

B

  1. your test now, please. (.....)
  2. the match, please. (.....)
  3. the light, please. (1)
  4. this form, please. (.....)
  5. your life-jackets, please. (.....)
  6. the volume, please. (.....)
  7. this small hat, please. (.....)

A

  1. Turn on
  2. Fill in
  3. Put on
  4. Turn down
  5. Hand in
  6. Take off
  7. Call off

B

  1. your test now, please. (.....)
  2. the match, please. (.....)
  3. the light, please. (1)
  4. this form, please. (.....)
  5. your life-jackets, please. (.....)
  6. the volume, please. (.....)
  7. this small hat, please. (.....)
Soluzioni
  1. 5
  2. 7
  3. 1
  4. 2
  5. 3
  6. 4
  7. 5
Livello B2-C1 Forma passiva: particolarità

Abbina le domande 1-12 alle risposte a-l.

A

  1. Who was he fed up with?
  2. What was she looking forward to?
  3. Who were they being followed by?
  4. What is this bracelet made of?
  5. What was the frog turned into?
  6. What was that pot made for?
  7. Who was the play written by?
  8. Who was the email sent to?
  9. What city was he born in?
  10. How many players is a rugby team composed of?
  11. How many atoms is water made up of?
  12. Which region in Italy is bergamot grown in?

B

  1. A handsome prince. (.....)
  2. Christopher Marlowe. (.....)
  3. Edinburgh. (.....)
  4. Fifteen players per team. (.....)
  5. Calabria. (.....)
  6. A mysterious man in a black raincoat. (.....)
  7. Her holidays in Greece. (.....)
  8. Three. Two hydrogen and one oxygen. (.....)
  9. Cooking on an open fire. (.....)
  10. All the employees in the HR department. (.....)
  11. His boss, because he made him do overtime again. (.....)
  12. Silver and diamonds. (.....)

A

  1. Who was he fed up with?
  2. What was she looking forward to?
  3. Who were they being followed by?
  4. What is this bracelet made of?
  5. What was the frog turned into?
  6. What was that pot made for?
  7. Who was the play written by?
  8. Who was the email sent to?
  9. What city was he born in?
  10. How many players is a rugby team composed of?
  11. How many atoms is water made up of?
  12. Which region in Italy is bergamot grown in?

B

  1. A handsome prince. (.....)
  2. Christopher Marlowe. (.....)
  3. Edinburgh. (.....)
  4. Fifteen players per team. (.....)
  5. Calabria. (.....)
  6. A mysterious man in a black raincoat. (.....)
  7. Her holidays in Greece. (.....)
  8. Three. Two hydrogen and one oxygen. (.....)
  9. Cooking on an open fire. (.....)
  10. All the employees in the HR department. (.....)
  11. His boss, because he made him do overtime again. (.....)
  12. Silver and diamonds. (.....)
Soluzioni
  1. 5
  2. 7
  3. 9
  4. 10
  5. 12
  6. 3
  7. 2
  8. 11
  9. 6
  10. 8
  11. 1
  12. 4
Livello A2-B1 To have come non ausiliare

Abbina le domande alle risposte.

  1. I don’t have freetime until the weekend.
  2. At 5 o’clock in the afternoon.
  3. I’m sorry, we only have some for next week.
  4. Yes, I have a younger sister.
  5. Yes, here you are.
  6. No, but I’m collecting them tomorrow.
  7. Yes, she’s got a cat.
  8. Because she’s on a diet.

 

1. Do you have an aspirin? (e)

2. Doesn’t Mary have a pet? (........)

3. Do you have any brothers or sisters? (........)

4. Why doesn’t your sister eat cakes? (........)

5. When do you have freetime during the day? (........) 

6. Do you have your tickets for the concert? (........)

7. What time do you have the meeting? (........) 

8. Do you have any single rooms for tonight? (........) 

  1. I don’t have freetime until the weekend.
  2. At 5 o’clock in the afternoon.
  3. I’m sorry, we only have some for next week.
  4. Yes, I have a younger sister.
  5. Yes, here you are.
  6. No, but I’m collecting them tomorrow.
  7. Yes, she’s got a cat.
  8. Because she’s on a diet.

 

1. Do you have an aspirin? (e)

2. Doesn’t Mary have a pet? (........)

3. Do you have any brothers or sisters? (........)

4. Why doesn’t your sister eat cakes? (........)

5. When do you have freetime during the day? (........) 

6. Do you have your tickets for the concert? (........)

7. What time do you have the meeting? (........) 

8. Do you have any single rooms for tonight? (........) 

Soluzioni

1. Do you have an aspirin? (e)
2. Doesn’t Mary have a pet? (g)
3. Do you have any brothers or sisters? (d)
4. Why doesn’t your sister eat cakes? (h)
5. When do you have freetime during the day? (a)
6. Do you have your tickets for the concert? (f)
7. What time do you have the meeting? (b)
8. Do you have any single rooms for tonight? (c)

Livello A2 I dimostrativi: this, that, these, those

Abbina le domande alle risposte. L'esercizio è già avviato.

  1. What’s this? 
  2. Are those your new trousers?
  3. Are these jeans black or blue?
  4. Are these your American friends?
  5. Is this dress wool or silk?
  6. What are those?
  7. Is that the new video by Madonna?
  8. Is this your new umbrella?

 

  1. Those are Chinese masks. ...........
  2. They’re black. ...........
  3. This is my new smartwatch. ...........
  4. Yes, it is. 8
  5. No, that is one of her old videos. ...........
  6. No, they are my Irish friends. ...........
  7. Yes, they are. ...........
  8. It’s wool, madam. ...........
  1. What’s this? 
  2. Are those your new trousers?
  3. Are these jeans black or blue?
  4. Are these your American friends?
  5. Is this dress wool or silk?
  6. What are those?
  7. Is that the new video by Madonna?
  8. Is this your new umbrella?

 

  1. Those are Chinese masks. ...........
  2. They’re black. ...........
  3. This is my new smartwatch. ...........
  4. Yes, it is. 8
  5. No, that is one of her old videos. ...........
  6. No, they are my Irish friends. ...........
  7. Yes, they are. ...........
  8. It’s wool, madam. ...........
Soluzioni
  1. Those are Chinese masks. 6
  2. They’re black. 3
  3. This is my new smartwatch. 1
  4. Yes, it is. 8
  5. No, that is one of her old videos. 7
  6. No, they are my Irish friends. 4
  7. Yes, they are. 2
  8. It’s wool, madam. 5
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi possessivi

Abbina le espressioni del gruppo A a quelle del gruppo B.

  1. Yours is still in the car.
  2. Hers is on the armchair.
  3. but my sister can’t find hers.
  4. This one isn’t mine.
  5. Theirs is blue and very big.
  6. ours is black.
  1. This is not my parents’ car. Theirs is blue and very big.
  2. I’ve got my ticket, ...........................................................................................................................................
  3. That’s not our dog, ...........................................................................................................................................
  4. Where is my umbrella? ...................................................................................................................................
  5. This isn’t her smartphone. ..............................................................................................................................
  6. I don’t think this is your luggage. .....................................................................................................................
  1. Yours is still in the car.
  2. Hers is on the armchair.
  3. but my sister can’t find hers.
  4. This one isn’t mine.
  5. Theirs is blue and very big.
  6. ours is black.
  1. This is not my parents’ car. Theirs is blue and very big.
  2. I’ve got my ticket, ...........................................................................................................................................
  3. That’s not our dog, ...........................................................................................................................................
  4. Where is my umbrella? ...................................................................................................................................
  5. This isn’t her smartphone. ..............................................................................................................................
  6. I don’t think this is your luggage. .....................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. This is not my parents’ car. Theirs is blue and very big.
  2. I’ve got my ticket, but my sister can’t find hers.
  3. That’s not our dog, ours is black.
  4. Where is my umbrella? This one isn’t mine.
  5. This isn’t her smartphone. Hers is on the armchair.
  6. I don’t think this is your luggage. Yours is still in the car.
Livello A2 Aggettivi qualificativi

Abbina le espressioni per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

  1. brown hair and green eyes.
  2. exercise. Can you help me?
  3. temperature today.
  4. boy, but he is lazy.
  5. in our dining room.
  6. soft and warm.

 

  1. He is a good-looking boy, but he is lazy.
  2. Mary is a slim girl with .....................................................................................
  3. There is a pleasant warm .....................................................................................
  4. My new jacket is .....................................................................................
  5. This is a difficult .....................................................................................
  6. We’ve got a big round table .....................................................................................
  1. brown hair and green eyes.
  2. exercise. Can you help me?
  3. temperature today.
  4. boy, but he is lazy.
  5. in our dining room.
  6. soft and warm.

 

  1. He is a good-looking boy, but he is lazy.
  2. Mary is a slim girl with .....................................................................................
  3. There is a pleasant warm .....................................................................................
  4. My new jacket is .....................................................................................
  5. This is a difficult .....................................................................................
  6. We’ve got a big round table .....................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. He is a good-looking boy, but he is lazy.
  2. Mary is a slim girl with brown hair and green eyes.
  3. There is a pleasant warm temperature today.
  4. My new jacket is soft and warm.
  5. This is a difficult exercise. Can you help me?
  6. We’ve got a big round table in our dining room.
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Abbina le frasi del gruppo A a quelle del gruppo B.

Gruppo A

  1. Hurry up. We are all
  2. We are going to the pub this
  3. What time is your
  4. Mary is not at home at the moment.
  5. We don’t like the seaside. We usually go
  6. It’s raining at the moment, so the children

Gruppo B

  1. She is spending the weekend in London.
  2. evening. Are you coming with us?
  3. are playing indoors.
  4. train arriving tomorrow morning?
  5. waiting for you!
  6. to the mountains for our holidays.

 

  1. Hurry up. We are all waiting for you!
  2. ....................................................................................................................................
  3. ....................................................................................................................................
  4. ....................................................................................................................................
  5. ....................................................................................................................................
  6. ....................................................................................................................................

Gruppo A

  1. Hurry up. We are all
  2. We are going to the pub this
  3. What time is your
  4. Mary is not at home at the moment.
  5. We don’t like the seaside. We usually go
  6. It’s raining at the moment, so the children

Gruppo B

  1. She is spending the weekend in London.
  2. evening. Are you coming with us?
  3. are playing indoors.
  4. train arriving tomorrow morning?
  5. waiting for you!
  6. to the mountains for our holidays.

 

  1. Hurry up. We are all waiting for you!
  2. ....................................................................................................................................
  3. ....................................................................................................................................
  4. ....................................................................................................................................
  5. ....................................................................................................................................
  6. ....................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Hurry up. We are all waiting for you!
  2. We are going to the pub this evening. Are you coming with us?
  3. What time is your train arriving tomorrow morning?
  4. Mary is not at home at the moment. She is spending the weekend in London.
  5. We don’t like the seaside. We usually go to the mountains for our holidays.
  6. It’s raining at the moment, so the children are playing indoors.
Livello B1-B2 Must, Mustn't, Have to, don't have to/need, needn't, Shall, should/ought to, had better, would rather, Dovere: altre forme

Abbina le frasi della lista A all’uso corrispondente, riportato nella lista B.

A

1. You should try searching the internet. [...d...]
2. Do you have to take the bus to school? [.....]
3. You should phone your mother more often. [.....]
4. You aren’t expected to help me. I’ll do it. [.....]
5. You mustn’t speak loudly in the library. [.....]
6. Shall I help you with your maths test? [.....]
7. I’ve lost my passport. What shall I do? [.....]
8. As I see, they must be very rich. [.....]
9. Susan? She is supposed to come, too. [.....]
10. You must go and see that film. It’s fantastic. [.....]

B

a. mancanza di necessità
b. chiedere consigli
c. presumere
d. suggerire
e. offrirsi di fare qualcosa
f. consigliare
g. raccomandare fortemente
h. proibire
i. dedurre
j. esprimere necessità

A

1. You should try searching the internet. [...d...]
2. Do you have to take the bus to school? [.....]
3. You should phone your mother more often. [.....]
4. You aren’t expected to help me. I’ll do it. [.....]
5. You mustn’t speak loudly in the library. [.....]
6. Shall I help you with your maths test? [.....]
7. I’ve lost my passport. What shall I do? [.....]
8. As I see, they must be very rich. [.....]
9. Susan? She is supposed to come, too. [.....]
10. You must go and see that film. It’s fantastic. [.....]

B

a. mancanza di necessità
b. chiedere consigli
c. presumere
d. suggerire
e. offrirsi di fare qualcosa
f. consigliare
g. raccomandare fortemente
h. proibire
i. dedurre
j. esprimere necessità

Soluzioni
  1. d
  2. j
  3. f
  4. a
  5. h
  6. e
  7. b
  8. i
  9. c
  10. g
Livello A2-B1 To have: usi particolari

Abbina le frasi.

  1. “Yes, I am. Let’s have a snack.”
  2. We are having a meal out.
  3. I think it’s time for you to have a break.
  4. “Yes. You can have a look at them if you like.”
  5. Can I have a taste?
  6. Please come in and have a seat.
  7. “Why don’t you have a herbal tea?”
  8. Can you have a go at opening it, please?

 

  1. “Are those your wedding photos?” (d)
  2. I can’t open this tin. (.......)
  3. “Are you hungry?” (.......)
  4. “I’m feeling terrible after that big meal.” (.......)
  5. You are working day and night and look tired. (.......)
  6. That ice cream looks delicious. (.......)
  7. The doctor is coming in a minute. (.......)
  8. I’ve got a date with my new boyfriend. (.......)
  1. “Yes, I am. Let’s have a snack.”
  2. We are having a meal out.
  3. I think it’s time for you to have a break.
  4. “Yes. You can have a look at them if you like.”
  5. Can I have a taste?
  6. Please come in and have a seat.
  7. “Why don’t you have a herbal tea?”
  8. Can you have a go at opening it, please?

 

  1. “Are those your wedding photos?” (d)
  2. I can’t open this tin. (.......)
  3. “Are you hungry?” (.......)
  4. “I’m feeling terrible after that big meal.” (.......)
  5. You are working day and night and look tired. (.......)
  6. That ice cream looks delicious. (.......)
  7. The doctor is coming in a minute. (.......)
  8. I’ve got a date with my new boyfriend. (.......)
Soluzioni
  1. “Are those your wedding photos?” (d)
  2. I can’t open this tin. (h)
  3. “Are you hungry?” (a)
  4. “I’m feeling terrible after that big meal.” (g)
  5. You are working day and night and look tired. (c)
  6. That ice cream looks delicious. (e)
  7. The doctor is coming in a minute. (f)
  8. I’ve got a date with my new boyfriend. (b)
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple
Abbina le funzioni alle frasi della conversazione.

1. Un’azione in corso di svolgimento

2. Un programma futuro di Maggie

3. Un programma futuro di Brian

4. Un’abitudine di Maggie

5. Un’abitudine di Brian

 

a. I’m going to a boxing match.

b. I always go to Tai Chi.

c. I’m meeting Tomoko at the pub.

d. I often play tennis.

e. I’m preparing dinner.

 

  1. ➔ ................
  2. ➔ ................
  3. ➔ ................
  4. ➔ ................
  5. ➔ ................

1. Un’azione in corso di svolgimento

2. Un programma futuro di Maggie

3. Un programma futuro di Brian

4. Un’abitudine di Maggie

5. Un’abitudine di Brian

 

a. I’m going to a boxing match.

b. I always go to Tai Chi.

c. I’m meeting Tomoko at the pub.

d. I often play tennis.

e. I’m preparing dinner.

 

  1. ➔ ................
  2. ➔ ................
  3. ➔ ................
  4. ➔ ................
  5. ➔ ................
Soluzioni

1e; 2c; 3a; 4b; 5d

Livello B2-C1 False friends (1), False friends (2)

Abbina le parole al loro significato corretto. Scrivi in fondo alle definizioni il significato in italiano.

Words

  1. eventually
  2. argument
  3. sympathetic
  4. to retire
  5. to pretend
  6. confidence
  7. affluent
  8. rumours
  9. commodity
  10. sensible
  11. disposable
  12. convenient
  13. to annoy
  14. trivial
  15. gracious

Meaning

  1. to leave one’s job, reaching the normal age 
  2. intended to be thrown away after use
  3. to behave as if something is true when you know that it is not 
  4. a feeling or belief that you can do something well 
  5. done or chosen in accordance with wisdom or prudence 
  6. something that can be bought and sold
  7. a strong and angry disagreement in discussing something
  8. in the end, especially after a long delay or problems alla fine
  9. suitable for your purposes and causing no difficulty for plans
  10. showing concern about someone who is in a bad situation
  11. stories passed from person to person, which may not be true
  12. having little value or importance
  13. behaving in a polite, kind and generous way
  14. having an abundance of wealth, property or other material goods
  15. to make someone slightly angry or upset

 

  1. h - alla fine
  2. ......................................................................................................................
  3. ......................................................................................................................
  4. ......................................................................................................................
  5. ......................................................................................................................
  6. ......................................................................................................................
  7. ......................................................................................................................
  8. ......................................................................................................................
  9. ......................................................................................................................
  10. ......................................................................................................................
  11. ......................................................................................................................
  12. ......................................................................................................................
  13. ......................................................................................................................
  14. ......................................................................................................................
  15. ......................................................................................................................

Words

  1. eventually
  2. argument
  3. sympathetic
  4. to retire
  5. to pretend
  6. confidence
  7. affluent
  8. rumours
  9. commodity
  10. sensible
  11. disposable
  12. convenient
  13. to annoy
  14. trivial
  15. gracious

Meaning

  1. to leave one’s job, reaching the normal age 
  2. intended to be thrown away after use
  3. to behave as if something is true when you know that it is not 
  4. a feeling or belief that you can do something well 
  5. done or chosen in accordance with wisdom or prudence 
  6. something that can be bought and sold
  7. a strong and angry disagreement in discussing something
  8. in the end, especially after a long delay or problems alla fine
  9. suitable for your purposes and causing no difficulty for plans
  10. showing concern about someone who is in a bad situation
  11. stories passed from person to person, which may not be true
  12. having little value or importance
  13. behaving in a polite, kind and generous way
  14. having an abundance of wealth, property or other material goods
  15. to make someone slightly angry or upset

 

  1. h - alla fine
  2. ......................................................................................................................
  3. ......................................................................................................................
  4. ......................................................................................................................
  5. ......................................................................................................................
  6. ......................................................................................................................
  7. ......................................................................................................................
  8. ......................................................................................................................
  9. ......................................................................................................................
  10. ......................................................................................................................
  11. ......................................................................................................................
  12. ......................................................................................................................
  13. ......................................................................................................................
  14. ......................................................................................................................
  15. ......................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. h - alla fine
  2. g - discussione/litigio
  3. j - comprensivo
  4. a - andare in pensione
  5. c - fare finta di
  6. d - fiducia
  7. n - ricco/benestante
  8. k - dicerie/pettegolezzi
  9. f - prodotto/merce
  10. e - sensato
  11. b - usa e getta
  12. i - comodo/opportuno
  13. o - infastidire/scocciare
  14. l - banale
  15. m - gentile
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi riflessivi e reciproci

Abbina le parti 1-8 con quelle a-h per formare frasi complete. L'esercizio è avviato.

  1. She looks at herself (e)
  2. He is always taking photos (.........)
  3. I’m teaching myself (.........) 
  4. I practise my English by (.........)
  5. They want to do their homework by (.........)
  6. The front door sometimes (.........)
  7. Please help yourselves (.........)
  8. She doesn’t like (.........)

 

  1. of himself with his new smartphone.
  2. herself with her hair so short.
  3. talking with my English friends.
  4. themselves and not with their parents.
  5. in the mirror all the time.
  6. if you want some more cake.
  7. closes by itself.
  8. how to play chess.
  1. She looks at herself (e)
  2. He is always taking photos (.........)
  3. I’m teaching myself (.........) 
  4. I practise my English by (.........)
  5. They want to do their homework by (.........)
  6. The front door sometimes (.........)
  7. Please help yourselves (.........)
  8. She doesn’t like (.........)

 

  1. of himself with his new smartphone.
  2. herself with her hair so short.
  3. talking with my English friends.
  4. themselves and not with their parents.
  5. in the mirror all the time.
  6. if you want some more cake.
  7. closes by itself.
  8. how to play chess.
Soluzioni
  1. She looks at herself (e)
  2. He is always taking photos (a)
  3. I’m teaching myself (h)
  4. I practise my English by (c)
  5. They want to do their homework by (d)
  6. The front door sometimes (g)
  7. Please help yourselves (f)
  8. She doesn’t like (b)
Livello A2 I dimostrativi: this, that, these, those

Abbina le parti 1-8 con quelle a-h. L'esercizio è già avviato.

  1. “This is my friend Sue.”
  2. Look at those birds
  3. “Are these your new glasses?”
  4. “Is that hotel nice?”
  5. “Are those your Spanish friends?”
  6. “Who is that man over there?”
  7. “Isn’t that your friend Erik?”
  8. “Oh, sorry, this is not my seat!”

 

  1. “Yes, they are.” ...........
  2. “He’s our new neighbour.” ...........
  3. “No, they’re my cousins.” ...........
  4. in the sky. ...........
  5. “Yes, That’s right.” ...........
  6. “Hi, Sue. Nice to meet you.” 1
  7. “That’s all right.” ...........
  8. "Yes. It isn’t expensive at all.” ...........
  1. “This is my friend Sue.”
  2. Look at those birds
  3. “Are these your new glasses?”
  4. “Is that hotel nice?”
  5. “Are those your Spanish friends?”
  6. “Who is that man over there?”
  7. “Isn’t that your friend Erik?”
  8. “Oh, sorry, this is not my seat!”

 

  1. “Yes, they are.” ...........
  2. “He’s our new neighbour.” ...........
  3. “No, they’re my cousins.” ...........
  4. in the sky. ...........
  5. “Yes, That’s right.” ...........
  6. “Hi, Sue. Nice to meet you.” 1
  7. “That’s all right.” ...........
  8. "Yes. It isn’t expensive at all.” ...........
Soluzioni
  1. “Yes, they are.” 3
  2. “He’s our new neighbour.” 6
  3. “No, they’re my cousins.” 5
  4. in the sky. 2
  5. “Yes, That’s right.” 7
  6. “Hi, Sue. Nice to meet you.” 1
  7. “That’s all right.” 8
  8. "Yes. It isn’t expensive at all.” 4
Livello A2-B1 Genitivo sassone

Abbina le parti dai tre elenchi A, B, C e forma frasi di senso compiuto con l’uso del genitivo sassone e del present simple di to be.

Esempio: The children’s bedroom is very untidy.

A

  • The children
  • Corsica
  • Today
  • My cat
  • Saint Mary
  • Men
  • This week

B

  • beaches
  • bedroom
  • tail
  • newspaper
  • church
  • TV programmes
  • suits

C

  • near my house.
  • expensive.
  • full of bad news.
  • crowded in summer.
  • very long.
  • very untidy.
  • boring.

 

  1. The children’s bedroom is very untidy.
  2. .................................................................................................................................................................
  3. .................................................................................................................................................................
  4. .................................................................................................................................................................
  5. .................................................................................................................................................................
  6. .................................................................................................................................................................
  7. .................................................................................................................................................................

Esempio: The children’s bedroom is very untidy.

A

  • The children
  • Corsica
  • Today
  • My cat
  • Saint Mary
  • Men
  • This week

B

  • beaches
  • bedroom
  • tail
  • newspaper
  • church
  • TV programmes
  • suits

C

  • near my house.
  • expensive.
  • full of bad news.
  • crowded in summer.
  • very long.
  • very untidy.
  • boring.

 

  1. The children’s bedroom is very untidy.
  2. .................................................................................................................................................................
  3. .................................................................................................................................................................
  4. .................................................................................................................................................................
  5. .................................................................................................................................................................
  6. .................................................................................................................................................................
  7. .................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. The children’s bedroom is very untidy.
  2. Corsica’s beaches are crowded in summer.
  3. Today’s newspaper is full of bad news.
  4. My cat’s tail is very long.
  5. Saint Mary’s church is near my house.
  6. Men’s suits are expensive.
  7. This week’s TV programmes are boring.
Livello B1 Past perfect simple

Abbina le parti dai tre gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A
I looked everywhere for my
He felt very tired because
When the plane
Before going to
I spoke to him for a while,
My brother ate
The children picked up

B
he had been driving
landed they had been waiting 
glasses, then I remembered I 
all the cake that our
the chestnuts that 
the States last summer he had 
then I realised I had 

C
had left them at the baker’s.
been saving up for a year.
met him at a meeting.
since early morning.
for two hours at the airport.
mum had made.
had fallen from the tree.

 

1. I looked everywhere for my glasses, then I remembered I had left them at the baker’s.

2. .................................................................................................................................................

3. .................................................................................................................................................

4. .................................................................................................................................................

5. .................................................................................................................................................

6. .................................................................................................................................................

7. .................................................................................................................................................

A
I looked everywhere for my
He felt very tired because
When the plane
Before going to
I spoke to him for a while,
My brother ate
The children picked up

B
he had been driving
landed they had been waiting 
glasses, then I remembered I 
all the cake that our
the chestnuts that 
the States last summer he had 
then I realised I had 

C
had left them at the baker’s.
been saving up for a year.
met him at a meeting.
since early morning.
for two hours at the airport.
mum had made.
had fallen from the tree.

 

1. I looked everywhere for my glasses, then I remembered I had left them at the baker’s.

2. .................................................................................................................................................

3. .................................................................................................................................................

4. .................................................................................................................................................

5. .................................................................................................................................................

6. .................................................................................................................................................

7. .................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. I looked everywhere for my glasses, then I remembered I had left them at the baker’s.
  2. He felt very tired because he had been driving since early morning.
  3. When the plane landed, they had been waiting for two hours at the airport.
  4. Before going to the States last summer, he had been saving up for a year.
  5. I spoke to him for a while, then I realised I had met him at a meeting.
  6. My brother ate all the cake that our mum had made.
  7. The children picked up the chestnuts that had fallen from the tree.
Livello B1 Usi particolari di comparativi e superlativi

Abbina le parti dai tre gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A
1. She works harder but
2. Their house is three
3. I never go to
4. Life is twice as expensive
5. Do you want
6. My grandmother doesn’t
7. Does your father work

B
1. as it was
2. to have the same
3. look as old
4. times as
5. as many hours
6. gets the same
7. bed as early

C
1. as her photo.
2. salary as me.
3. a few years ago.
4. as your mother?
5. as you do.
6. drink as me?
7. big as ours.

 

1. She works harder but gets the same salary as me.

2. ........................................................................................................

3. ........................................................................................................

4. ........................................................................................................​​​​​​​

5. ........................................................................................................

6. ........................................................................................................

7. ........................................................................................................

A
1. She works harder but
2. Their house is three
3. I never go to
4. Life is twice as expensive
5. Do you want
6. My grandmother doesn’t
7. Does your father work

B
1. as it was
2. to have the same
3. look as old
4. times as
5. as many hours
6. gets the same
7. bed as early

C
1. as her photo.
2. salary as me.
3. a few years ago.
4. as your mother?
5. as you do.
6. drink as me?
7. big as ours.

 

1. She works harder but gets the same salary as me.

2. ........................................................................................................

3. ........................................................................................................

4. ........................................................................................................​​​​​​​

5. ........................................................................................................

6. ........................................................................................................

7. ........................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. She works harder but gets the same salary as me.
  2. Their house is three times as big as ours.
  3. I never go to bed as early as you do.
  4. Life is twice as expensive as it was a few years ago.
  5. Do you want to have the same drink as me?
  6. My grandmother doesn’t look as old as her photo.
  7. Does your father work as many hours as your mother?
Livello B1 Compartivo di uguaglianza e minoranza

Abbina le parti dai tre gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A
1. He runs as fast as lightning.
2. During rush hours using buses
3. The local bank is not
4. Today there are fewer children
5. Today the weather is not
6. Mary is as bright as
7. My colleagues at the bank

B
1. He is one of the
2. work twice
3. isn't as convenient
4. in the park
5. as near to my house
6. as good as it was
7. Barbara at school.

C
1. as using bikes.
2. But she is less popular.
3. as the post office.
4. because it is colder than yesterday.
5. as hard as your colleagues.
6. fastest people in the world.
7. yesterday, so don’t go out.

 

  1. He runs as fast as lightning. He is one of the fastest people in the world.
  2. .........................................................................................................................
  3. .........................................................................................................................
  4. .........................................................................................................................
  5. .........................................................................................................................
  6. .........................................................................................................................
  7. .........................................................................................................................

A
1. He runs as fast as lightning.
2. During rush hours using buses
3. The local bank is not
4. Today there are fewer children
5. Today the weather is not
6. Mary is as bright as
7. My colleagues at the bank

B
1. He is one of the
2. work twice
3. isn't as convenient
4. in the park
5. as near to my house
6. as good as it was
7. Barbara at school.

C
1. as using bikes.
2. But she is less popular.
3. as the post office.
4. because it is colder than yesterday.
5. as hard as your colleagues.
6. fastest people in the world.
7. yesterday, so don’t go out.

 

  1. He runs as fast as lightning. He is one of the fastest people in the world.
  2. .........................................................................................................................
  3. .........................................................................................................................
  4. .........................................................................................................................
  5. .........................................................................................................................
  6. .........................................................................................................................
  7. .........................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. During rush hours using buses isn’t as convenient as using bikes.
  2. The local bank is not as near to my house as the post office.
  3. Today there are fewer children in the park because it is colder than yesterday.
  4. Today the weather is not as good as it was yesterday, so don’t go out.
  5. Mary is as bright as Barbara at school. But she is less popular.
  6. My colleagues at the bank work twice as hard as your colleagues.
Livello A2-B1 Past continuous

Abbina le parti dei due gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto, usando il past simple e il past continuous. Attenzione: la posizione dei due tempi non è sempre uguale.

A
1. When we ........................... at (arrive)
2. Mum ........................... still ........................... the (clean)
3. When I ........................... her (meet)
4. We ........................... our holidays (spend)
5. The police ........................... us (stop)
6. I ........................... a shower (have)

B
1. house when our guests ........................... (arrive).
2. in the Fiji Islands when the tsunami ........................... (hit).
3. the supermarket it ........................... (close).
4. while we ........................... to Rome (drive).
5. when someone ........................... at the door (knock).
6. she ........................... her son to school (take).

 

1. When we arrived at the supermarket it was closing.

2. .......................................................................................................................................

3. .......................................................................................................................................

4. .......................................................................................................................................

5. .......................................................................................................................................

6. .......................................................................................................................................

A
1. When we ........................... at (arrive)
2. Mum ........................... still ........................... the (clean)
3. When I ........................... her (meet)
4. We ........................... our holidays (spend)
5. The police ........................... us (stop)
6. I ........................... a shower (have)

B
1. house when our guests ........................... (arrive).
2. in the Fiji Islands when the tsunami ........................... (hit).
3. the supermarket it ........................... (close).
4. while we ........................... to Rome (drive).
5. when someone ........................... at the door (knock).
6. she ........................... her son to school (take).

 

1. When we arrived at the supermarket it was closing.

2. .......................................................................................................................................

3. .......................................................................................................................................

4. .......................................................................................................................................

5. .......................................................................................................................................

6. .......................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

1. When we arrived at the supermarket it was closing.
2. Mum was still cleaning the house when our guests arrived.
3. When I met her she was taking her son to school.
4. We were spending our holidays in the Fiji Islands when the tsunami hit.
5. The police stopped us while we were driving to Rome.
6. I was having a shower when someone knocked at the door.

Livello B2-C1 Phrasal verbs (2): transitivi

Abbina le parti dalle due liste per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A
1. She’s got a difficult character. She doesn’t get
2. You’re too slow. You must try and keep
3. We’ll have to use butter because we’ve run
4. You’re so patient. How do you put
5. They’re coming on Friday. I’m really looking

B
a. up with his bad behavior? (.....)
b. on with many people. (1)
c. up with the rest of the group. (.....)
d. out of olive oil. (.....)
e. forward to seeing them. (.....)

A
1. She’s got a difficult character. She doesn’t get
2. You’re too slow. You must try and keep
3. We’ll have to use butter because we’ve run
4. You’re so patient. How do you put
5. They’re coming on Friday. I’m really looking

B
a. up with his bad behavior? (.....)
b. on with many people. (1)
c. up with the rest of the group. (.....)
d. out of olive oil. (.....)
e. forward to seeing them. (.....)

Soluzioni
  1. 4
  2. 1
  3. 2
  4. 3
  5. 5
Livello B2-C1 Verbi seguiti da forma in -ing o infinito

Abbina le parti dalle due liste per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A

  1. I tried taking a painkiller
  2. II tried to take a painkiller,
  3. We stopped eating fish and chips,
  4. We stopped to eat fish and chips,
  5. Please remember to buy me some printer paper,
  6. I remember buying some batteries,
  7. She forgot to buy a lottery ticket,
  8. I’ll never forget buying that lottery ticket,

B

  1. but I couldn’t swallow it. (.....)
  2. because we were hungry. (.....)
  3. because it completely changed my life. (.....)
  4. to see if my headache would go away. (1)
  5. so she had no chance of winning. (.....)
  6. but I don’t know where I put them. (.....)
  7. because they are fattening. (.....)
  8. because I don’t have any left. (.....)

A

  1. I tried taking a painkiller
  2. II tried to take a painkiller,
  3. We stopped eating fish and chips,
  4. We stopped to eat fish and chips,
  5. Please remember to buy me some printer paper,
  6. I remember buying some batteries,
  7. She forgot to buy a lottery ticket,
  8. I’ll never forget buying that lottery ticket,

B

  1. but I couldn’t swallow it. (.....)
  2. because we were hungry. (.....)
  3. because it completely changed my life. (.....)
  4. to see if my headache would go away. (1)
  5. so she had no chance of winning. (.....)
  6. but I don’t know where I put them. (.....)
  7. because they are fattening. (.....)
  8. because I don’t have any left. (.....)
Soluzioni
  1. 2
  2. 4
  3. 8
  4. 1
  5. 7
  6. 6
  7. 3
  8. 5
Livello B1-B2 Periodo ipotetico standard

Abbina le parti dalle due liste per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A

  1. If you play with fire, (.......)
  2. You’ll see more of the countryside, (.......)
  3. If you spoke better English, (.......)
  4. If you hadn’t taken that train, (.......)
  5. If you press the button, (.......)
  6. If we don’t slow down the rate of global warming, (.......)
  7. She might have lived (.......)
  8. If you hadn’t moved about so much, (.......)

B

  1. hot water comes out.
  2. many species will become extinct.
  3. you could get a job in an international company.
  4. if you go there by car.
  5. you could have been in the photo.
  6. you get burned.
  7. you wouldn’t have met him.
  8. if she had received proper medical care in time.

A

  1. If you play with fire, (.......)
  2. You’ll see more of the countryside, (.......)
  3. If you spoke better English, (.......)
  4. If you hadn’t taken that train, (.......)
  5. If you press the button, (.......)
  6. If we don’t slow down the rate of global warming, (.......)
  7. She might have lived (.......)
  8. If you hadn’t moved about so much, (.......)

B

  1. hot water comes out.
  2. many species will become extinct.
  3. you could get a job in an international company.
  4. if you go there by car.
  5. you could have been in the photo.
  6. you get burned.
  7. you wouldn’t have met him.
  8. if she had received proper medical care in time.
Soluzioni
  1. f
  2. d
  3. c
  4. g
  5. a
  6. b
  7. h
  8. e
Livello B1-B2 Periodo ipotetico standard

Abbina le parti dalle due liste per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A

  1. If my boyfriend left me,
  2. If my grandmother didn’t phone me every day,
  3. If I saw a ghost,
  4. If the teacher spoke more slowly,
  5. I’d earn more money
  6. He’d be much fitter

B

  1. I’d scream. (...)
  2. if I worked overtime. (...)
  3. I’d understand what he said. (...)
  4. I’d soon find another one. (1)
  5. I’d be very worried about her. (...)
  6. if he went to the gym more often. (...)

A

  1. If my boyfriend left me,
  2. If my grandmother didn’t phone me every day,
  3. If I saw a ghost,
  4. If the teacher spoke more slowly,
  5. I’d earn more money
  6. He’d be much fitter

B

  1. I’d scream. (...)
  2. if I worked overtime. (...)
  3. I’d understand what he said. (...)
  4. I’d soon find another one. (1)
  5. I’d be very worried about her. (...)
  6. if he went to the gym more often. (...)
Soluzioni
  1. 3
  2. 5
  3. 4
  4. 1
  5. 2
  6. 6
Livello B2-C1 Frasi relative determinative e non determinative: defining e non-defining relative clauses

Abbina le parti dalle quattro liste per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A

  1. Libraries are places where you can study in peace.
  2. The Ganges ..................................................................................
  3. Vampires ..................................................................................
  4. Koalas ..................................................................................
  5. Australia ..................................................................................
  6. Greta Garbo ..................................................................................

B
was an actress
is a country in
are places
are legendary creatures
is a river
are marsupials

C
who
which
where
whose

D
played tragic heroines.
teeth are long and pointy.
is sacred to Hindus.
you don't feel crowded.
sleep during the day.
you can study in peace.

A

  1. Libraries are places where you can study in peace.
  2. The Ganges ..................................................................................
  3. Vampires ..................................................................................
  4. Koalas ..................................................................................
  5. Australia ..................................................................................
  6. Greta Garbo ..................................................................................

B
was an actress
is a country in
are places
are legendary creatures
is a river
are marsupials

C
who
which
where
whose

D
played tragic heroines.
teeth are long and pointy.
is sacred to Hindus.
you don't feel crowded.
sleep during the day.
you can study in peace.

Soluzioni
  1. Libraries are places where you can study in peace.
  2. The Ganges is a river which is sacred for Hindus.
  3. Vampires are legendary creatures whose teeth are long and pointy.
  4. Koalas are marsupials which sleep during the day.
  5. Australia is a country in which you don’t feel crowded.
  6. Greta Garbo was an actress who played tragic heroines.
Livello B1 Present perfect simple/past simple

Abbina le parti dalle tre colonne per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A
1. I lost my car keys yesterday,
2. There was a great film
3. I lived in Paris for two years
4. We moved to this house five years
5. Ireland is a wonderful country.
6. When Jack was a teenager,
7. I still haven’t found the boots I like.
8. I’d like to visit Budapest.

B
1. ago and we’re very
2. Have you ever
3. he learnt
4. but my brother
5. I’m going
6. I’ve never
7. last night on TV.
8. before I came

C
1. been there?
2. to play the guitar.
3. found them this morning.
4. Did you watch it?
5. to another shoe shop.
6. been to Hungary.
7. to live in Rome.
8. happy here.

1. I lost my car keys yesterday, but my brother found them this morning.

2. ............................................................................................................................

3. ............................................................................................................................

4. ............................................................................................................................

5. ............................................................................................................................

6. ............................................................................................................................

7. ............................................................................................................................

8. ............................................................................................................................

A
1. I lost my car keys yesterday,
2. There was a great film
3. I lived in Paris for two years
4. We moved to this house five years
5. Ireland is a wonderful country.
6. When Jack was a teenager,
7. I still haven’t found the boots I like.
8. I’d like to visit Budapest.

B
1. ago and we’re very
2. Have you ever
3. he learnt
4. but my brother
5. I’m going
6. I’ve never
7. last night on TV.
8. before I came

C
1. been there?
2. to play the guitar.
3. found them this morning.
4. Did you watch it?
5. to another shoe shop.
6. been to Hungary.
7. to live in Rome.
8. happy here.

1. I lost my car keys yesterday, but my brother found them this morning.

2. ............................................................................................................................

3. ............................................................................................................................

4. ............................................................................................................................

5. ............................................................................................................................

6. ............................................................................................................................

7. ............................................................................................................................

8. ............................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. I lost my car keys yesterday, but my brother found them this morning.
  2. There was a great film last night on TV. Did you watch it?
  3. I lived in Paris for two years before I came to live in Rome.
  4. We moved to this house five years ago and we’re very happy here.
  5. Ireland is a wonderful country. Have you ever been there?
  6. When Jack was a teenager, he learnt to play the guitar.
  7. I still haven’t found the boots I like. I’m going to another shoe shop.
  8. I’d like to visit Budapest. I’ve never been to Hungary.
Livello B1-B2 Used to, to be used to, to get used to

Abbina le parti dalle tre liste per formare dieci frasi in riferimento ad abitudini passate che non si verificano più. Le parole della lista A e B devono essere utilizzate più volte.

A
Women
It
People
Street lights
There
Factories

B
used to
didn't use to

C
be lit by gas.
write letters but now they send emails.
have washing machines.
listen to the radio at home in the fifties.
be so many cars on the road.
travel abroad so much.
be as safe as they are today.
snow a lot in winter.
have the same opportunities as men.
be more community spirit.

 

1. People didn’t use to have washing machines.

2. .....................................................................................................................

3. .....................................................................................................................

4. .....................................................................................................................

5. .....................................................................................................................

6. .....................................................................................................................

7. .....................................................................................................................

8. .....................................................................................................................

9. .....................................................................................................................

10. .....................................................................................................................

A
Women
It
People
Street lights
There
Factories

B
used to
didn't use to

C
be lit by gas.
write letters but now they send emails.
have washing machines.
listen to the radio at home in the fifties.
be so many cars on the road.
travel abroad so much.
be as safe as they are today.
snow a lot in winter.
have the same opportunities as men.
be more community spirit.

 

1. People didn’t use to have washing machines.

2. .....................................................................................................................

3. .....................................................................................................................

4. .....................................................................................................................

5. .....................................................................................................................

6. .....................................................................................................................

7. .....................................................................................................................

8. .....................................................................................................................

9. .....................................................................................................................

10. .....................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. People didn’t use to have washing machines.
  2. It used to snow a lot in winter.
  3. People didn’t use to travel abroad so much.
  4. People used to listen to the radio at home in the fifties.
  5. People used to write letters but now they send emails.
  6. Women didn’t use to have the same opportunities as men.
  7. Street lights used to be lit by gas.
  8. There didn’t use to be so many cars on the road.
  9. There used to be more community spirit.
  10. Factories didn’t use to be as safe as they are today.
Livello B1-B2 Can, could, may, might/to be able to

Abbina le parti dalle tre liste per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A

1. They can’t arrive before dinner. They have missed the train.

2. Courses might begin on the .....................................................................................................................

3. You’re joking! David can’t .....................................................................................................................

4. They might live in .....................................................................................................................

5. She can’t be English. .....................................................................................................................

6. When I was a child, I could .....................................................................................................................

7. You mustn’t .....................................................................................................................

8. You mustn’t lock .....................................................................................................................

9. I’m feeling a bit tired. .....................................................................................................................

B
She’s got
solve puzzles much
behave that way
the door. I wasn’t able
I didn’t sleep well so I
before dinner. They have
5th September. It depends
afford a holiday abroad. He
New York, but

C
I’m not sure.
a French accent.
faster than I can now.
with your mother.
 to get in last night.
might not do very well in the test.
missed the train.
on the number of enrolments.
doesn’t have enough money.

A

1. They can’t arrive before dinner. They have missed the train.

2. Courses might begin on the .....................................................................................................................

3. You’re joking! David can’t .....................................................................................................................

4. They might live in .....................................................................................................................

5. She can’t be English. .....................................................................................................................

6. When I was a child, I could .....................................................................................................................

7. You mustn’t .....................................................................................................................

8. You mustn’t lock .....................................................................................................................

9. I’m feeling a bit tired. .....................................................................................................................

B
She’s got
solve puzzles much
behave that way
the door. I wasn’t able
I didn’t sleep well so I
before dinner. They have
5th September. It depends
afford a holiday abroad. He
New York, but

C
I’m not sure.
a French accent.
faster than I can now.
with your mother.
 to get in last night.
might not do very well in the test.
missed the train.
on the number of enrolments.
doesn’t have enough money.

Soluzioni
  1. They can’t arrive before dinner. They have missed the train.
  2. Courses might begin on the 5th September. It depends on the number of enrolments.
  3. You’re joking! David can’t afford a holiday abroad. He doesn’t have enough money.
  4. They might live in New York, but I’m not sure.
  5. She can’t be English. She’s got a French accent.
  6. When I was a child, I could solve puzzles much faster than I can now.
  7. You mustn’t behave that way with your mother.
  8. You mustn’t lock the door. I wasn’t able to get in last night.
  9. I’m feeling a bit tired. I didn’t sleep well so I might not do very well in the test.
Livello B1-B2 Shall, should/ought to, had better, would rather

Abbina le parti dalle tre liste per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A

  1. The parcel should be sent before the end of the month.
  2. You really ought to study hard .................................................................................................................................................
  3. You’d better stop .................................................................................................................................................
  4. Shall I send it by ordinary .................................................................................................................................................
  5. Do you fancy going out .................................................................................................................................................
  6. What should I do in your .................................................................................................................................................
  7. You should be careful when you .................................................................................................................................................
  8. How about having a drink? .................................................................................................................................................

B

opinion? You shouldn’t
talk to Mary. She’s not reliable
I’d rather eat something instead.
sent before
if you want to apply
following a diet, you’re
mail or by email? I think
for dinner? Sorry but

C

you’d better ask the secretary.
I’d rather stay at home this evening.
tell her now, it’s too early.
and might cause you problems.
I’m not thirsty, I’m hungry!
the end of the month.
for a scholarship.
getting too nervous.

A

  1. The parcel should be sent before the end of the month.
  2. You really ought to study hard .................................................................................................................................................
  3. You’d better stop .................................................................................................................................................
  4. Shall I send it by ordinary .................................................................................................................................................
  5. Do you fancy going out .................................................................................................................................................
  6. What should I do in your .................................................................................................................................................
  7. You should be careful when you .................................................................................................................................................
  8. How about having a drink? .................................................................................................................................................

B

opinion? You shouldn’t
talk to Mary. She’s not reliable
I’d rather eat something instead.
sent before
if you want to apply
following a diet, you’re
mail or by email? I think
for dinner? Sorry but

C

you’d better ask the secretary.
I’d rather stay at home this evening.
tell her now, it’s too early.
and might cause you problems.
I’m not thirsty, I’m hungry!
the end of the month.
for a scholarship.
getting too nervous.

Soluzioni
  1. The parcel should be sent before the end of the month.
  2. You really ought to study hard if you want to apply for a scholarship.
  3. You’d better stop following a diet, you’re getting too nervous.
  4. Shall I send it by ordinary mail or by email? I think you’d better ask the secretary.
  5. Do you fancy going out for dinner? Sorry but I’d rather stay at home this evening.
  6. What should I do in your opinion? You shouldn’t tell her now, it’s too early.
  7. You should be careful when you talk to Mary. She’s not reliable and might cause you problems.
  8. How about having a drink? I’d rather eat something instead. I’m not thirsty, I’m hungry!
Livello B1 Preposizioni di luogo e di moto (3)

Abbina le parti dalle tre liste per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A
Why did you throw the paper
Earth takes a year to travel
The child is hiding
The cat jumped from the floor
She fell badly while climbing
How long did it take you to drive
We did not have dinner
When the weather is nice we like running
I usually ski
We were late because of heavy traffic

B
around
on
onto
out of
down
outside
across
up
through
behind

C
the Sun.
the motorway A14 near Bologna.
the cherry tree.
easy slopes. I’m not an expert skier.
because it was raining.
the bed where the child was sleeping.
the door.
the window?
Death Valley?
the woods and the countryside.

 

1. Why did you throw the paper out of the window?

2. .....................................................................................................................................

3. .....................................................................................................................................

4. .....................................................................................................................................

5. .....................................................................................................................................

6. .....................................................................................................................................

7. .....................................................................................................................................

8. .....................................................................................................................................

9. .....................................................................................................................................

10. .....................................................................................................................................

A
Why did you throw the paper
Earth takes a year to travel
The child is hiding
The cat jumped from the floor
She fell badly while climbing
How long did it take you to drive
We did not have dinner
When the weather is nice we like running
I usually ski
We were late because of heavy traffic

B
around
on
onto
out of
down
outside
across
up
through
behind

C
the Sun.
the motorway A14 near Bologna.
the cherry tree.
easy slopes. I’m not an expert skier.
because it was raining.
the bed where the child was sleeping.
the door.
the window?
Death Valley?
the woods and the countryside.

 

1. Why did you throw the paper out of the window?

2. .....................................................................................................................................

3. .....................................................................................................................................

4. .....................................................................................................................................

5. .....................................................................................................................................

6. .....................................................................................................................................

7. .....................................................................................................................................

8. .....................................................................................................................................

9. .....................................................................................................................................

10. .....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Why did you throw the paper out of the window?
  2. Earth takes a year to travel around the Sun.
  3. The child is hiding behind the door.
  4. The cat jumped from the floor onto the bed where the child was sleeping.
  5. She fell badly while climbing up the cherry tree.
  6. How long did it take you to drive across Death Valley?
  7. We did not have dinner outside because it was raining.
  8. When the weather is nice we like running through the woods and the countryside.
  9. I usually ski down easy slopes. I’m not an expert skier.
  10. We were late because of heavy traffic on the motorway A14 near Bologna.
Livello B1 Present perfect simple, Present perfect continuous (forma di durata), Past perfect simple

Abbina le parti dalle tre liste per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A

  1. Go over the railway bridge, cross the park, turn left. The bank is on the corner. You can’t miss it.
  2. Keep going along Church Street ..........................................................................................................
  3. We got to the cinema when the ..........................................................................................................
  4. Before Jim finally went ..........................................................................................................
  5. Have you been here before? ..........................................................................................................
  6. Sue was exhausted. She had been ..........................................................................................................
  7. It’s obvious from your ..........................................................................................................
  8. They were late for the flight. When ..........................................................................................................
  9. When Columbus landed in the ..........................................................................................................

B

for another 100 metres.
to Thailand, he had been
jogging for three hours round
film had already started, so
the park, turn left. The bank is
Yes, this is the third time
outrageous behaviour that you
New World, indigenous peoples had
they arrived at the airport the plane

C

on the corner. You can’t miss it.
I’ve visited New York.
organising the trip for months.
The museum is on the right.
we missed the first five minutes.
had already taken off.
been living there for a long time.
the lake and through the woods.
have been drinking again.

A

  1. Go over the railway bridge, cross the park, turn left. The bank is on the corner. You can’t miss it.
  2. Keep going along Church Street ..........................................................................................................
  3. We got to the cinema when the ..........................................................................................................
  4. Before Jim finally went ..........................................................................................................
  5. Have you been here before? ..........................................................................................................
  6. Sue was exhausted. She had been ..........................................................................................................
  7. It’s obvious from your ..........................................................................................................
  8. They were late for the flight. When ..........................................................................................................
  9. When Columbus landed in the ..........................................................................................................

B

for another 100 metres.
to Thailand, he had been
jogging for three hours round
film had already started, so
the park, turn left. The bank is
Yes, this is the third time
outrageous behaviour that you
New World, indigenous peoples had
they arrived at the airport the plane

C

on the corner. You can’t miss it.
I’ve visited New York.
organising the trip for months.
The museum is on the right.
we missed the first five minutes.
had already taken off.
been living there for a long time.
the lake and through the woods.
have been drinking again.

Soluzioni
  1. Go over the railway bridge, cross the park, turn left. The bank is on the corner. You can’t miss it.
  2. Keep going along Church Street for another 100 metres. The museum is on the right.
  3. We got to the cinema when the film had already started, so we missed the first five minutes.
  4. Before Jim finally went to Thailand, he had been organising the trip for months.
  5. “Have you been here before?” “Yes, this is the third time I’ve visited New York.”
  6. Sue was exhausted. She had been jogging for three hours round the lake and through the woods.
  7. It’s obvious from your outrageous behaviour that you have been drinking again.
  8. They were late for the flight. When they arrived at the airport the plane had already taken off.
  9. When Columbus landed in the New World, indigenous peoples had been living there for a long time.
Livello B1 Il futuro con: will, to be going to

Abbina le parti dei due gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto. Attenzione: una parte nel gruppo A è in più.

A

  1. Look at the sky!
  2. We are going
  3. Watch out!
  4. They are going to travel
  5. She is going to give
  6. We expect our team will
  7. What are you going to
  8. They won a lot of money and
  9. Next Monday at 8 p.m. we will be
  10. What are you going

 

B

  1. ..... a party for her birthday.
  2. ..... are going to live in luxury.
  3. ..... win the next World Championship.
  4. ..... do next month?
  5. ..1.. It’s going to rain.
  6. ..... to wear for your sister’s wedding?
  7. ..... round the world when they retire.
  8. ..... A car is coming!
  9. ..... to stay at home next Sunday.

A

  1. Look at the sky!
  2. We are going
  3. Watch out!
  4. They are going to travel
  5. She is going to give
  6. We expect our team will
  7. What are you going to
  8. They won a lot of money and
  9. Next Monday at 8 p.m. we will be
  10. What are you going

 

B

  1. ..... a party for her birthday.
  2. ..... are going to live in luxury.
  3. ..... win the next World Championship.
  4. ..... do next month?
  5. ..1.. It’s going to rain.
  6. ..... to wear for your sister’s wedding?
  7. ..... round the world when they retire.
  8. ..... A car is coming!
  9. ..... to stay at home next Sunday.
Soluzioni
  1. 5
  2. 8
  3. 6
  4. 7
  5. 1
  6. 10
  7. 4
  8. 3
  9. 2

Intruso: 9. Next Monday at 8 p.m. we will be

Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di tempo: at, in, on

Abbina le parti dei due gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

Gruppo A

  1. I can’t sleep at ........................................................................
  2. Diana’s birthday is on ........................................................................
  3. At 9 a.m. ........................................................................
  4. Today Jane is going home ........................................................................
  5. Do you work on ........................................................................
  6. Where are you going ........................................................................
  7. We always go to work on ........................................................................
  8. In England it often ........................................................................

Gruppo B

  1. weekdays.
  2. I have a meeting.
  3. June 1st.
  4. night.
  5. at the weekend?
  6. snows in December.
  7. at lunchtime.
  8. Saturdays?

Gruppo A

  1. I can’t sleep at ........................................................................
  2. Diana’s birthday is on ........................................................................
  3. At 9 a.m. ........................................................................
  4. Today Jane is going home ........................................................................
  5. Do you work on ........................................................................
  6. Where are you going ........................................................................
  7. We always go to work on ........................................................................
  8. In England it often ........................................................................

Gruppo B

  1. weekdays.
  2. I have a meeting.
  3. June 1st.
  4. night.
  5. at the weekend?
  6. snows in December.
  7. at lunchtime.
  8. Saturdays?
Soluzioni
  1. I can’t sleep at night.
  2. Diana’s birthday is on June 1st.
  3. At 9 a.m. I have a meeting.
  4. Today Jane is going home at lunchtime.
  5. Do you work on Saturdays?
  6. Where are you going at the weekend?
  7. We always go to work on weekdays.
  8. In England it often snows in December.
Livello A2-B1 Past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari (2)
Abbina le parti dei tre gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A
1. They bought
2. Did your cousin
3. She didn’t meet
4. Richard took
5. What did
6. What did you
7. My sister didn’t buy
8. Why didn’t 
9. How long did it 
10. Anne went to Paris

B
1. the T-shirt
2. her friends
3. with her mother
4. a new house in the south
5. arrive in time
6. a lot of pictures on
7. Paul and Anne come
8. have for
9. you get
10. take you to finish

C
1. for the 8:30 train?
2. her friends
3. of London last month.
4. his holiday last summer.
5. breakfast this morning?
6. because it was expensive.
7. for your birthday?
8. for yesterday.
9. to your party?
10. the English exercise?

 

1. They bought a new house in the south of London last month.

2. ................................................................................................................................................

3. ................................................................................................................................................

4. ................................................................................................................................................

5. ................................................................................................................................................

6. ................................................................................................................................................

7. ................................................................................................................................................

8. ................................................................................................................................................

9. ................................................................................................................................................

10. ................................................................................................................................................

A
1. They bought
2. Did your cousin
3. She didn’t meet
4. Richard took
5. What did
6. What did you
7. My sister didn’t buy
8. Why didn’t 
9. How long did it 
10. Anne went to Paris

B
1. the T-shirt
2. her friends
3. with her mother
4. a new house in the south
5. arrive in time
6. a lot of pictures on
7. Paul and Anne come
8. have for
9. you get
10. take you to finish

C
1. for the 8:30 train?
2. her friends
3. of London last month.
4. his holiday last summer.
5. breakfast this morning?
6. because it was expensive.
7. for your birthday?
8. for yesterday.
9. to your party?
10. the English exercise?

 

1. They bought a new house in the south of London last month.

2. ................................................................................................................................................

3. ................................................................................................................................................

4. ................................................................................................................................................

5. ................................................................................................................................................

6. ................................................................................................................................................

7. ................................................................................................................................................

8. ................................................................................................................................................

9. ................................................................................................................................................

10. ................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

2. Did your cousin arrive in time for the 8:30 train?

3. She didn’t meet her friends yesterday.

4. Richard took a lot of pictures on his holiday last summer.

5. What did you get for your birthday?

6. What did you have for breakfast this morning?

7. My sister didn’t buy the T-shirt because it was expensive.

8. Why didn’t Paul and Anne come to your party?

9. How long did it take you to finish the English exercise?

10. Anne went to Paris with her mother last year.

Livello A2-B1 Present continuous

Abbina le parti dei tre gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

Gruppo A

  1. Our guests
  2. The teacher is showing
  3. Next week Sheila
  4. We are spending
  5. They are always
  6. Some of my friends
  7. All the students are

Gruppo B

  1. our holidays in
  2. complaining about
  3. are going to
  4. coming on
  5. are arriving by plane
  6. an interesting video
  7. is taking

Gruppo C

  1. the cost of living.
  2. the Seychelles.
  3. the USA next summer.
  4. at Fiumicino Airport.
  5. about New York.
  6. her final examination.
  7. the school trip tomorrow.

 

  1. Our guests are arriving by plane at Fiumicino Airport.
  2. ....................................................................................................................................
  3. ....................................................................................................................................
  4. ....................................................................................................................................
  5. ....................................................................................................................................
  6. ....................................................................................................................................
  7. ....................................................................................................................................

Gruppo A

  1. Our guests
  2. The teacher is showing
  3. Next week Sheila
  4. We are spending
  5. They are always
  6. Some of my friends
  7. All the students are

Gruppo B

  1. our holidays in
  2. complaining about
  3. are going to
  4. coming on
  5. are arriving by plane
  6. an interesting video
  7. is taking

Gruppo C

  1. the cost of living.
  2. the Seychelles.
  3. the USA next summer.
  4. at Fiumicino Airport.
  5. about New York.
  6. her final examination.
  7. the school trip tomorrow.

 

  1. Our guests are arriving by plane at Fiumicino Airport.
  2. ....................................................................................................................................
  3. ....................................................................................................................................
  4. ....................................................................................................................................
  5. ....................................................................................................................................
  6. ....................................................................................................................................
  7. ....................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Our guests are arriving by plane at Fiumicino Airport.
  2. The teacher is showing an interesting video about New York.
  3. Next week Sheila is taking her final examination.
  4. We are spending our holidays in the Seychelles.
  5. They are always complaining about the cost of living.
  6. Some of my friends are going to the USA next summer.
  7. All the students are coming on the school trip tomorrow.
Livello A2-B1 Past simple del verbo to be

Abbina le parti dei tre gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto. L'esercizio è avviato.

Gruppo A

  1. George Washington
  2. Life was very hard
  3. Today it’s sunny and
  4. “Who was the first
  5. There was a heavy
  6. There was a heavy
  7. Where were you

Gruppo B

  1. storm here last night.
  2. holiday like?” “Wonderful!
  3. in the past, but now it’s
  4. man on the moon?”
  5. yesterday?” “I was
  6. warm but yesterday it
  7. was the first

Gruppo C

  1. “Neil Armstrong.”
  2. was cold and rainy.
  3. I was frightened.
  4. We were in a fantastic spa village.”
  5. complex and stressful.
  6. President of the USA.
  7. at the cinema with my friends.”

 

1. ......................................................................................................................................................................................

2. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

3. ......................................................................................................................................................................................

4. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

5. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

6. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

Gruppo A

  1. George Washington
  2. Life was very hard
  3. Today it’s sunny and
  4. “Who was the first
  5. There was a heavy
  6. There was a heavy
  7. Where were you

Gruppo B

  1. storm here last night.
  2. holiday like?” “Wonderful!
  3. in the past, but now it’s
  4. man on the moon?”
  5. yesterday?” “I was
  6. warm but yesterday it
  7. was the first

Gruppo C

  1. “Neil Armstrong.”
  2. was cold and rainy.
  3. I was frightened.
  4. We were in a fantastic spa village.”
  5. complex and stressful.
  6. President of the USA.
  7. at the cinema with my friends.”

 

1. ......................................................................................................................................................................................

2. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

3. ......................................................................................................................................................................................

4. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

5. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

6. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. George Washington was the first President of the USA.
  2. Life was very hard in the past, but now it’s complex and stressful.
  3. Today it’s sunny and warm but yesterday it was cold and rainy.
  4. “Who was the first man on the moon?” “Neil Armstrong.”
  5. There was a heavy storm here last night. I was frightened.
  6. “What was your holiday like?” “Wonderful! We were in a fantastic spa village.”
Livello A2-B1 Avverbi di frequenza: espressioni di tempo

Abbina le parti dei tre gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

Gruppo A

  1. At weekends
  2. On Saturdays I
  3. We always go to
  4. Do you and
  5. Does your
  6. Do you ever

Gruppo B

  1. bed early
  2. we often go
  3. your cousin attend
  4. mother use a
  5. go out for
  6. usually go to a pub

Gruppo C

  1. a meal in the evening?
  2. the same course?
  3. computer at work?
  4. to the mountains.
  5. with my friends.
  6. on weekdays.

 

  1. At weekends we often go to the mountains.
  2. ............................................................................................................................................
  3. ............................................................................................................................................
  4. ............................................................................................................................................
  5. ............................................................................................................................................
  6. ............................................................................................................................................

Gruppo A

  1. At weekends
  2. On Saturdays I
  3. We always go to
  4. Do you and
  5. Does your
  6. Do you ever

Gruppo B

  1. bed early
  2. we often go
  3. your cousin attend
  4. mother use a
  5. go out for
  6. usually go to a pub

Gruppo C

  1. a meal in the evening?
  2. the same course?
  3. computer at work?
  4. to the mountains.
  5. with my friends.
  6. on weekdays.

 

  1. At weekends we often go to the mountains.
  2. ............................................................................................................................................
  3. ............................................................................................................................................
  4. ............................................................................................................................................
  5. ............................................................................................................................................
  6. ............................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. At weekends we often go to the mountains.
  2. On Saturdays I usually go to a pub with my friends.
  3. We always go to bed early on weekdays.
  4. Do you and your cousin attend the same course?
  5. Does your mother use a computer at work?
  6. Do you ever go out for a meal in the evening?
Livello A2 I partitivi: some, any, no, none

Abbina le parti dei tre gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

Gruppo A

  1. Can you lend me some of
  2. Have we got any mustard?
  3. Is there any lemonade
  4. I’ve got a terrible cold.
  5. There’s no coffee in the pot.
  6. I’m busy.
  7. They haven’t got
  8. Can you give me some

Gruppo B

  1. these felt pens?
  2. any questions
  3. medicine for my cough?
  4. No, we haven’t
  5. in the fridge? No, there’s only
  6. Have we got
  7. Can you make
  8. I have no time to

Gruppo C

  1. chat with you now.
  2. I don’t feel well.
  3. on this topic.
  4. Yes, you can take any you like.
  5. got any at home.
  6. some orange juice.
  7. any aspirins?
  8. some for me, please?

 

  1. Can you lend me some of these felt pens? Yes, you can take any you like.
  2. ..............................................................................................................................
  3. ..............................................................................................................................
  4. ..............................................................................................................................
  5. ..............................................................................................................................
  6. ..............................................................................................................................
  7. ..............................................................................................................................
  8. ..............................................................................................................................

Gruppo A

  1. Can you lend me some of
  2. Have we got any mustard?
  3. Is there any lemonade
  4. I’ve got a terrible cold.
  5. There’s no coffee in the pot.
  6. I’m busy.
  7. They haven’t got
  8. Can you give me some

Gruppo B

  1. these felt pens?
  2. any questions
  3. medicine for my cough?
  4. No, we haven’t
  5. in the fridge? No, there’s only
  6. Have we got
  7. Can you make
  8. I have no time to

Gruppo C

  1. chat with you now.
  2. I don’t feel well.
  3. on this topic.
  4. Yes, you can take any you like.
  5. got any at home.
  6. some orange juice.
  7. any aspirins?
  8. some for me, please?

 

  1. Can you lend me some of these felt pens? Yes, you can take any you like.
  2. ..............................................................................................................................
  3. ..............................................................................................................................
  4. ..............................................................................................................................
  5. ..............................................................................................................................
  6. ..............................................................................................................................
  7. ..............................................................................................................................
  8. ..............................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Can you lend me some of these felt pens? Yes, you can take any you like.
  2. Have we got any mustard? No, we haven’t got any at home.
  3. Is there any lemonade in the fridge? No, there’s only some orange juice.
  4. I’ve got a terrible cold. Have we got any aspirins?
  5. There’s no coffee in the pot. Can you make some for me, please?
  6. I’m busy. I have no time to chat with you now.
  7. They haven’t got any questions on this topic.
  8. Can you give me some medicine for my cough? I don’t feel well.
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con how...?

Abbina le parti del gruppo A a quelle del gruppo B scrivendo il numero corretto tra parentesi.

Gruppo A

  1. How often do
  2. How fast does
  3. How tall is
  4. How large is
  5. How old is Mr
  6. How far does she
  7. How deep is

Gruppo B

  1. your younger sister? (............)
  2. the school hall? (............)
  3. live from here? (............)
  4. the Eurostar go? (............)
  5. you go to the gym? (............)
  6. the harbour? (............)
  7. Smith, your manager? (............)

Gruppo A

  1. How often do
  2. How fast does
  3. How tall is
  4. How large is
  5. How old is Mr
  6. How far does she
  7. How deep is

Gruppo B

  1. your younger sister? (............)
  2. the school hall? (............)
  3. live from here? (............)
  4. the Eurostar go? (............)
  5. you go to the gym? (............)
  6. the harbour? (............)
  7. Smith, your manager? (............)
Soluzioni
  1. your younger sister? (3)
  2. the school hall? (4)
  3. live from here? (6)
  4. the Eurostar go? (2)
  5. you go to the gym? (1)
  6. the harbour? (7)
  7. Smith, your manager? (5)
Livello B2-C1 Question tags e particolarità. È vero/non è vero?

Abbina le parti della lista A con le question tag della lista B.

A

  1. You’re Australian,
  2. Sean lives in London,
  3. Fleming is Danish,
  4. She won’t tell me,
  5. He couldn’t swim,
  6. Let’s go to the disco,
  7. George hasn’t got a girlfriend,

B

  1. could he? (....)
  2. shall we? (....)
  3. aren't you? (1)
  4. has he? (....)
  5. doesn't he? (....)
  6. isn't he? (....)
  7. will she? (....)

A

  1. You’re Australian,
  2. Sean lives in London,
  3. Fleming is Danish,
  4. She won’t tell me,
  5. He couldn’t swim,
  6. Let’s go to the disco,
  7. George hasn’t got a girlfriend,

B

  1. could he? (....)
  2. shall we? (....)
  3. aren't you? (1)
  4. has he? (....)
  5. doesn't he? (....)
  6. isn't he? (....)
  7. will she? (....)
Soluzioni
  1. 5
  2. 6
  3. 1
  4. 7
  5. 2
  6. 3
  7. 4
Livello B1 Superlativo relativo

Abbina le parti delle due colonne per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

Esempio
1. e. Mary is the cleverest student in our class.

2. ..... Trains are the most

3. ..... Max is the best at maths

4. ..... We chose a holiday in Spain

5. ..... Switzerland is the most

6. ..... In Monaco there is one of the

7. ..... Beijing is the most

8. ..... The mediterranean diet is the

9. ..... I am the youngest and

10. ..... The pizza Margherita here is

11. ..... Mozambique is one of the

12. ..... Bob always wins at card games. He’s

Esempio
1. e. Mary is the cleverest student in our class.

2. ..... Trains are the most

3. ..... Max is the best at maths

4. ..... We chose a holiday in Spain

5. ..... Switzerland is the most

6. ..... In Monaco there is one of the

7. ..... Beijing is the most

8. ..... The mediterranean diet is the

9. ..... I am the youngest and

10. ..... The pizza Margherita here is

11. ..... Mozambique is one of the

12. ..... Bob always wins at card games. He’s

Soluzioni
  1. e
  2. d
  3. i
  4. b
  5. g
  6. l
  7. a
  8. j
  9. f
  10. k
  11. c
  12. h
Livello B1-B2 Aggettivi: rafforzare o attenuare il significato

Abbina le parti in A con le parti in B per formare frasi di senso compiuto e sottolinea la parola giusta.

A

  1. I’ve got too/much little money. It is not
  2. He has too/little confidence in
  3. Your results are good enough/enough good
  4. We need to make sure that the house
  5. Nowadays, it is quite/pretty impossible
  6. I was sleeping soundly when I had
  7. He’s a wonderful father, he’s
  8. You must be absolutely/enough

B

  1. to get into a top university. [.....]
  2. enough to buy a new pair of shoes1 ]
  3. a really/very terrible dream. [.....]
  4. to find food without additives. [.....]
  5. still while sitting for a portrait. [.....]
  6. is thoroughly/fairly clean when the guests arrive. [.....]
  7. his abilities and is terribly shy. [.....]
  8. totally/enough devoted to his children. [.....]

A

  1. I’ve got too/much little money. It is not
  2. He has too/little confidence in
  3. Your results are good enough/enough good
  4. We need to make sure that the house
  5. Nowadays, it is quite/pretty impossible
  6. I was sleeping soundly when I had
  7. He’s a wonderful father, he’s
  8. You must be absolutely/enough

B

  1. to get into a top university. [.....]
  2. enough to buy a new pair of shoes1 ]
  3. a really/very terrible dream. [.....]
  4. to find food without additives. [.....]
  5. still while sitting for a portrait. [.....]
  6. is thoroughly/fairly clean when the guests arrive. [.....]
  7. his abilities and is terribly shy. [.....]
  8. totally/enough devoted to his children. [.....]
Soluzioni

A

  1. I’ve got too/much little money. It is not
  2. He has too/little confidence in
  3. Your results are good enough/enough good
  4. We need to make sure that the house
  5. Nowadays, it is quite/pretty impossible
  6. I was sleeping soundly when I had
  7. He’s a wonderful father, he’s
  8. You must be absolutely/enough

B

  1. to get into a top university. [3]
  2. enough to buy a new pair of shoes [1]
  3. a really/very terrible dream. [6]
  4. to find food without additives. [5]
  5. still while sitting for a portrait. [8]
  6. is thoroughly/fairly clean when the guests arrive. [4]
  7. his abilities and is terribly shy. [2]
  8. totally/enough devoted to his children. [7]
Livello B1 Present perfect continuous (forma di durata)

Abbina le parti nei due gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A
1. I’ve been waiting for you for hours. Where
2. Let’s go out and have a break. You’ve been
3. Heavy rain has been falling for two hours now.
4. Most of secondary school students have
5. We are very tired. We have been decorating
6. “I haven’t seen Peter for days. Isn’t he in town?” “No, he

B
...... a. the electricity hasn’t come back yet.
...... b. been learning English since they were six.
...... c. working hard since early morning.
...... d. our house since we got up this morning.
...... e. has been away since last month.”
...1... f. have you been all this time?

A
1. I’ve been waiting for you for hours. Where
2. Let’s go out and have a break. You’ve been
3. Heavy rain has been falling for two hours now.
4. Most of secondary school students have
5. We are very tired. We have been decorating
6. “I haven’t seen Peter for days. Isn’t he in town?” “No, he

B
...... a. the electricity hasn’t come back yet.
...... b. been learning English since they were six.
...... c. working hard since early morning.
...... d. our house since we got up this morning.
...... e. has been away since last month.”
...1... f. have you been all this time?

Soluzioni

3 a
4 b
2 c
5 d
6 e
1 f 

Livello B1 Comparativo di maggioranza

Abbina le parti per completare i modi di dire.

  1. Better late ........
  2. Better the devil you know ........
  3. Better safe ........
  4. It is better to be born lucky ........
  5. It is better to give ........ 
  6. It is better to travel hopefully ........

 

  1. than rich
  2. than sorry
  3. than to receive
  4. then to arrive
  5. than never
  6. than the devil you don't
  1. Better late ........
  2. Better the devil you know ........
  3. Better safe ........
  4. It is better to be born lucky ........
  5. It is better to give ........ 
  6. It is better to travel hopefully ........

 

  1. than rich
  2. than sorry
  3. than to receive
  4. then to arrive
  5. than never
  6. than the devil you don't
Soluzioni
  1. e
  2. f
  3. b
  4. a
  5. c
  6. d
Livello B2-C1 Verbi seguiti da forma in -ing o infinito

Abbina le parti per formare frasi complete.

A

  1. He has stopped
  2. Joan will never forget
  3. They want to try
  4. He tried to
  5. Would you like
  6. Did you remember
  7. The writer starts with a description of the landscape and then goes on
  8. After finishing one book, she decided to go on

B

  1. reading the entire series. (....)
  2. repair the TV by himself, but it was too hard. (....)
  3. eating only vegetables instead of meat. (....)
  4. playing tennis because of his bad knee. (1)
  5. to analyse the characters. (....)
  6. to come on holiday with me? (....)
  7. to turn the gas off? (....)
  8. spending a wonderful holiday in Paris. (....)

A

  1. He has stopped
  2. Joan will never forget
  3. They want to try
  4. He tried to
  5. Would you like
  6. Did you remember
  7. The writer starts with a description of the landscape and then goes on
  8. After finishing one book, she decided to go on

B

  1. reading the entire series. (....)
  2. repair the TV by himself, but it was too hard. (....)
  3. eating only vegetables instead of meat. (....)
  4. playing tennis because of his bad knee. (1)
  5. to analyse the characters. (....)
  6. to come on holiday with me? (....)
  7. to turn the gas off? (....)
  8. spending a wonderful holiday in Paris. (....)
Soluzioni
  1. 8
  2. 4
  3. 3
  4. 1
  5. 7
  6. 5
  7. 6
  8. 2
Livello B2-C1 Question tags e particolarità. È vero/non è vero?

Abbina le question tag alle frasi corrette.

  1. Factories are the worst pollutants,
  2. Mr. Johnson has been to Scotland recently,
  3. The trip was quite expensive,
  4. You won’t tell him,

 

  1. wasn’t it
  2. will you?
  3. hasn’t he?
  4. aren’t they?

 

Soluzioni:

  1. .........
  2. .........
  3. .........
  4. .........
  1. Factories are the worst pollutants,
  2. Mr. Johnson has been to Scotland recently,
  3. The trip was quite expensive,
  4. You won’t tell him,

 

  1. wasn’t it
  2. will you?
  3. hasn’t he?
  4. aren’t they?

 

Soluzioni:

  1. .........
  2. .........
  3. .........
  4. .........
Soluzioni
  1. d
  2. c
  3. a
  4. b
Livello A2 Can/can't: potere
Abbina ogni domanda alla rispettiva risposta.

Esempio: 1.b. Can I beat the Chinese table tennis player? No, he’s the regional champion.

 

1. Can I beat the Chinese table tennis player?

2. Can I get you something to read?

3. Can I have a cup of tea?

4. Can I climb that mountain?

5. Can I sit here?

6. Can I use your computer?

7. Can I smoke in here?

8. Can I help you?

 

a. Oh, thank you. A fashion magazine, please.

b. No, he’s the regional champion.

c. Yes, sure. There’s plenty of room.

d. I’m sorry but I’m using it now.

e. I don’t think so. It’s very dangerous in winter.

f. Yes, of course. Do you take milk and sugar?

g. No, you can’t. There’s a no smoking sign on the door.

h. Thank you very much. I’m looking for the bank.

 

1 ....................

2 ....................

3 ....................

4 ....................

5 ....................

6 ....................

7 ....................

8 ....................

Esempio: 1.b. Can I beat the Chinese table tennis player? No, he’s the regional champion.

 

1. Can I beat the Chinese table tennis player?

2. Can I get you something to read?

3. Can I have a cup of tea?

4. Can I climb that mountain?

5. Can I sit here?

6. Can I use your computer?

7. Can I smoke in here?

8. Can I help you?

 

a. Oh, thank you. A fashion magazine, please.

b. No, he’s the regional champion.

c. Yes, sure. There’s plenty of room.

d. I’m sorry but I’m using it now.

e. I don’t think so. It’s very dangerous in winter.

f. Yes, of course. Do you take milk and sugar?

g. No, you can’t. There’s a no smoking sign on the door.

h. Thank you very much. I’m looking for the bank.

 

1 ....................

2 ....................

3 ....................

4 ....................

5 ....................

6 ....................

7 ....................

8 ....................

Soluzioni

1b; 2a; 3f; 4e; 5c; 6d; 7g; 8h

Livello A2 Aggettivi qualificativi

Abbina ogni sigla del dominio email alla nazionalità corrispondente.

  1. dk
  2. pl
  3. au
  4. jp
  5. it
  6. ca
  7. cn

 

  1. It’s a Japanese address. 4
  2. It’s a Danish address. ...........
  3. It’s a Canadian address. ...........
  4. It’s a Chinese address. ...........
  5. It’s an Australian address. ...........
  6. It’s a Polish address. ...........
  7. It’s an Italian address. ...........
  1. dk
  2. pl
  3. au
  4. jp
  5. it
  6. ca
  7. cn

 

  1. It’s a Japanese address. 4
  2. It’s a Danish address. ...........
  3. It’s a Canadian address. ...........
  4. It’s a Chinese address. ...........
  5. It’s an Australian address. ...........
  6. It’s a Polish address. ...........
  7. It’s an Italian address. ...........
Soluzioni
  1. It’s a Japanese address. 4
  2. It’s a Danish address. 1
  3. It’s a Canadian address. 6
  4. It’s a Chinese address. 7
  5. It’s an Australian address. 3
  6. It’s a Polish address. 2
  7. It’s an Italian address. 5
Livello B2-C1 Frasi relative determinative e non determinative: defining e non-defining relative clauses

Abbina parti della lista A con parti della lista C usando più volte i pronomi relativi B.

A

  1. A pensioner is a person who has retired.
  2. Australia is a continent ...........................................................................
  3. An optician is a person ...........................................................................
  4. The 31st of October is the day ...........................................................................
  5. Pubs are places ...........................................................................
  6. Amnesty International is an organisation ...........................................................................
  7. A philosopher is someone ...........................................................................
  8. J. K. Rowling is an author ...........................................................................

B

who
where
whose
when
which

C

children wear scary costumes.
young people like hanging out at weekends.
helps governments respect human rights.
has retired.
tries to explain the meaning of life.
books have been translated into many languages.
koalas still live.
job is to check people’s sight.

A

  1. A pensioner is a person who has retired.
  2. Australia is a continent ...........................................................................
  3. An optician is a person ...........................................................................
  4. The 31st of October is the day ...........................................................................
  5. Pubs are places ...........................................................................
  6. Amnesty International is an organisation ...........................................................................
  7. A philosopher is someone ...........................................................................
  8. J. K. Rowling is an author ...........................................................................

B

who
where
whose
when
which

C

children wear scary costumes.
young people like hanging out at weekends.
helps governments respect human rights.
has retired.
tries to explain the meaning of life.
books have been translated into many languages.
koalas still live.
job is to check people’s sight.

Soluzioni
  1. A pensioner is a person who has retired.
  2. Australia is a continent where koalas still live.
  3. An optician is a person whose job is to check people’s sight.
  4. The 31st of October is the day when children wear scary costumes.
  5. Pubs are places where young people like hanging out at weekends.
  6. Amnesty International is an organisation which helps governments respect human rights.
  7. A philosopher is someone who tries to explain the meaning of life.
  8. J. K. Rowling is an author whose books have been translated into many languages.
Livello A2-B1 Composti di some, any, no, every

Abbina per formare frasi complete.

...... 1. I’m thirsty. Can I have
...... 2. It was cold. There wasn’t
...... 3. I opened the door but
...... 4. He doesn’t want to go
...... 5. I can help you. I have
...... 6. I am reading the news but there isn’t
...... 7. “Is there anything else to do?” “No,
...... 8. The director didn’t want to see

a. there was nobody there.
b. anybody. He had a meeting.
c. something to drink, please?
d. nothing to do today.
e. anything new today.
f. anywhere at the weekend.
g. nothing else for today.”
h. anyone out in the park.

...... 1. I’m thirsty. Can I have
...... 2. It was cold. There wasn’t
...... 3. I opened the door but
...... 4. He doesn’t want to go
...... 5. I can help you. I have
...... 6. I am reading the news but there isn’t
...... 7. “Is there anything else to do?” “No,
...... 8. The director didn’t want to see

a. there was nobody there.
b. anybody. He had a meeting.
c. something to drink, please?
d. nothing to do today.
e. anything new today.
f. anywhere at the weekend.
g. nothing else for today.”
h. anyone out in the park.

Soluzioni
  1. c
  2. h
  3. a
  4. f
  5. d
  6. e
  7. g
  8. b
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con how...?

Aggiungi l’interrogativo corretto.

Esempio:
………….............. does your car cost?
How much does your car cost?

  1. “……………….… are you today?” “Fine, thanks.”
  2. ……………….… hours do you study each day?
  3. ……………….… does it take you to get to school?
  4. "……………….… do you go to the gym?” “Once a week.”
  5. “……………….… is your sister?” “She’s 16.”
  6. “……………….… are you?” “I’m 1 metre 85.”
  7. “……………….… is this?” “It’s 3 euro.”

Esempio:
………….............. does your car cost?
How much does your car cost?

  1. “……………….… are you today?” “Fine, thanks.”
  2. ……………….… hours do you study each day?
  3. ……………….… does it take you to get to school?
  4. "……………….… do you go to the gym?” “Once a week.”
  5. “……………….… is your sister?” “She’s 16.”
  6. “……………….… are you?” “I’m 1 metre 85.”
  7. “……………….… is this?” “It’s 3 euro.”
Soluzioni
  1. How are you today?” “Fine, thanks.”
  2. How many hours do you study each day?
  3. How long does it take you to get to school?
  4. "How often do you go to the gym?” “Once a week.”
  5. "How old is your sister?” “She’s 16.”
  6. "How tall are you?” “I’m 1 metre 85.”
  7. "How much is this?” “It’s 3 euro.”
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con how...?

Alcune domande dell’esercizio precedente possono essere formulate in modo diverso. Scrivi quelle possibili con i seguenti sostantivi e l’uso del presente di to be. Le risposte sono date.

distance • length • depth • width • speed • height

Esempio:
................................................................................................ It’s 275 km.
What’s the distance between Rome and Florence? It’s 275 km.

  1. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 3,665 km.
  2. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 306 m.
  3. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 15 km.
  4. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s between 70 and 130 km/h.
  5. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 330 m.

distance • length • depth • width • speed • height

Esempio:
................................................................................................ It’s 275 km.
What’s the distance between Rome and Florence? It’s 275 km.

  1. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 3,665 km.
  2. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 306 m.
  3. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 15 km.
  4. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s between 70 and 130 km/h.
  5. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 330 m.
Soluzioni
  1. What’s the length of Route 66? It’s 3,665 km.
  2. What’s the depth of the Dead Sea? It’s 306 m.
  3. What’s the width of the Dead Sea? It’s 15 km.
  4. What’s the speed of a cheetah? It’s between 70 and 130 km/h.
  5. What’s the height of the Eiffel Tower? It’s 330 m.
Livello B1 Comparativo di maggioranza

Alcune espressioni idiomatiche di uso frequente nella lingua di tutti i giorni presentano comparativi di maggioranza. Eccone alcune. Scrivi l’equivalente nella lingua italiana.

1. From bad to worse.

....................................................................................................................................

2. Two heads are better than one.

....................................................................................................................................

3. Sooner or later.

....................................................................................................................................

4. The more, the merrier.

....................................................................................................................................

5. The grass is always greener on the other side of the fence.

....................................................................................................................................

6. Better late than never

....................................................................................................................................

1. From bad to worse.

....................................................................................................................................

2. Two heads are better than one.

....................................................................................................................................

3. Sooner or later.

....................................................................................................................................

4. The more, the merrier.

....................................................................................................................................

5. The grass is always greener on the other side of the fence.

....................................................................................................................................

6. Better late than never

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Di male in peggio
  2. Quattr’occhi fanno meglio di due.
  3. Prima o poi.
  4. Più siamo e meglio è.
  5. L’erba del vicino è sempre più verde.
  6. Meglio tardi che mai.
Livello B1 Il futuro con: will, to be going to

Alcune frasi contengono errori nell’uso del futuro. Sottolinea R (Right) se l’uso è corretto e W (Wrong) se l’uso è errato e scrivi la forma appropriata come nell’esempio.

Esempio
I forgot to buy bread. I’m getting some now.
R W - I’ll get

1. Scientific studies say that there will be great climate change. R W ................................................................................

2. I promise, I’m not telling anyone your secret. R W ................................................................................

3. We won’t go to school tomorrow because it’s a holiday. R W ................................................................................

4. I hope you are coming to my party. R W ................................................................................

5. What colour are you going to paint your kitchen? R W ................................................................................

6. In the future a large number of people are shopping online. R W ................................................................................

7. As soon as the film finishes, I’ll go to bed. R W ................................................................................

8. Will you do anything interesting next weekend? R W ................................................................................

9. Dinner is going to be ready soon. R W ................................................................................

Esempio
I forgot to buy bread. I’m getting some now.
R W - I’ll get

1. Scientific studies say that there will be great climate change. R W ................................................................................

2. I promise, I’m not telling anyone your secret. R W ................................................................................

3. We won’t go to school tomorrow because it’s a holiday. R W ................................................................................

4. I hope you are coming to my party. R W ................................................................................

5. What colour are you going to paint your kitchen? R W ................................................................................

6. In the future a large number of people are shopping online. R W ................................................................................

7. As soon as the film finishes, I’ll go to bed. R W ................................................................................

8. Will you do anything interesting next weekend? R W ................................................................................

9. Dinner is going to be ready soon. R W ................................................................................

Soluzioni

1. Scientific studies say that there will be great climate change. R
2. I promise, I’m not telling anyone your secret. R W - wont'tell
3. We won’t go to school tomorrow because it’s a holiday. R W - aren't going
4. I hope you are coming to my party. R
5. What colour are you going to paint your kitchen? R
6. In the future a large number of people are shopping online. R W - will shop
7. As soon as the film finishes, I’ll go to bed. R W
8. Will you do anything interesting next weekend? R W - Are you doing
9. Dinner is going to be ready soon. R W

Livello B2-C1 Fare + infinito, verbi causativi

Alex è un ragazzo molto ricco e sbruffone. Si vanta sempre di ciò che si fa fare. Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese.

1. Mi faccio disegnare gli abiti da Armani.

.................................................................................................................................

2. Mi faccio portare la colazione in camera ogni mattina.

.................................................................................................................................

3. Faccio pulire ai miei domestici (domestic helpers) l’argenteria (silver) ogni giorno.

.................................................................................................................................

4. Non faccio entrare nessuno nella mia palestra.

.................................................................................................................................

5. Faccio recidere (to deadhead) i fiori secchi (spent flowers) ogni girono dal mio giardiniere (gardener).

.................................................................................................................................

1. Mi faccio disegnare gli abiti da Armani.

.................................................................................................................................

2. Mi faccio portare la colazione in camera ogni mattina.

.................................................................................................................................

3. Faccio pulire ai miei domestici (domestic helpers) l’argenteria (silver) ogni giorno.

.................................................................................................................................

4. Non faccio entrare nessuno nella mia palestra.

.................................................................................................................................

5. Faccio recidere (to deadhead) i fiori secchi (spent flowers) ogni girono dal mio giardiniere (gardener).

.................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. I have my clothes designed by Armani.
  2. I have my breakfast brought to my room every morning.
  3. I make my domestic helpers clean the silver every day.
  4. I don’t let anyone into my gym.
  5. I make my gardener deadhead the spent flowers every day.
Livello B2-C1 False friends (2)

Associa la parola al suo contrario.

  1. bald - d
  2. gracious - .....
  3. disposable - .....
  4. lunatic - .....
  5. rotten - .....
  6. morbid - .....
  7. annoy - .....
  8. preserve - .....

 

  1. reusable
  2. fresh
  3. cheerful
  4. hairy
  5. please
  6. damage
  7. rational
  8. impolite
  1. bald - d
  2. gracious - .....
  3. disposable - .....
  4. lunatic - .....
  5. rotten - .....
  6. morbid - .....
  7. annoy - .....
  8. preserve - .....

 

  1. reusable
  2. fresh
  3. cheerful
  4. hairy
  5. please
  6. damage
  7. rational
  8. impolite
Soluzioni
  1. d
  2. h
  3. a
  4. g
  5. b
  6. c
  7. e
  8. f
Livello B2-C1 Fare + infinito, verbi causativi

Brian e Sally vogliono sistemare la loro casa per venderla ma non hanno molto tempo. Decidono quindi quali lavori far fare. Completa le frasi con have e la forma corretta delle espressioni date.

fix the gate • cut the grass • replace the broken window • paint the kitchen walls • repair wooden fence • clean all the curtains • value the house • clear the garage • install a new doorbell

Esempio
I don’t know how much the house is worth on the market today.
We must ................................................................................................ .
We must have it valued.

1. The wooden fence is collapsing. We’d better

......................................................................................................................................................................

2. All the curtains are really dirty. We must

...................................................................................................................................................................................

3. The kitchen walls are no longer white. We’ll have to

.....................................................................................................................................................

4. There’s a broken window at the back. We must

..............................................................................................................................................................

5. The front garden looks like a jungle. We’d better

.............................................................................................................................................................

6. The front gate has come off its hinges. We’ll have to

..................................................................................................................................................

7. The garage is full of stuff. We ought to

......................................................................................................................................................................................

8. The doorbell doesn’t work. We should

.......................................................................................................................................................................................

fix the gate • cut the grass • replace the broken window • paint the kitchen walls • repair wooden fence • clean all the curtains • value the house • clear the garage • install a new doorbell

Esempio
I don’t know how much the house is worth on the market today.
We must ................................................................................................ .
We must have it valued.

1. The wooden fence is collapsing. We’d better

......................................................................................................................................................................

2. All the curtains are really dirty. We must

...................................................................................................................................................................................

3. The kitchen walls are no longer white. We’ll have to

.....................................................................................................................................................

4. There’s a broken window at the back. We must

..............................................................................................................................................................

5. The front garden looks like a jungle. We’d better

.............................................................................................................................................................

6. The front gate has come off its hinges. We’ll have to

..................................................................................................................................................

7. The garage is full of stuff. We ought to

......................................................................................................................................................................................

8. The doorbell doesn’t work. We should

.......................................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. have the wooden fence repaired.
  2. have all the curtains cleaned.
  3. have the kitchen walls painted.
  4. have the broken window replaced.
  5. have the grass cut.
  6. have the gate fixed.
  7. have the garage cleared.
  8. have a new doorbell installed.
Livello A2 Can/can't: potere
Che cosa esprimono le seguenti domande? Scrivi il loro numero accanto alla funzione corrispondente.

1. Can I beat the Chinese table tennis player?

2. Can I get you something to read?

3. Can I have a cup of tea?

4. Can I climb that mountain?

5. Can I sit here?

6. Can I use your computer?

7. Can I smoke in here?

8. Can I help you?


Richieste
Domanda n. ...................................

Offerte
Domanda n. ...................................

Abilità
Domanda n. ...................................

Permesso
​​​​​​​Domanda n. ...................................

1. Can I beat the Chinese table tennis player?

2. Can I get you something to read?

3. Can I have a cup of tea?

4. Can I climb that mountain?

5. Can I sit here?

6. Can I use your computer?

7. Can I smoke in here?

8. Can I help you?


Richieste
Domanda n. ...................................

Offerte
Domanda n. ...................................

Abilità
Domanda n. ...................................

Permesso
​​​​​​​Domanda n. ...................................

Soluzioni

Richieste: Domanda n. 3, 6;

Offerte: Domanda n. 2, 8;

Abilità: Domanda n. 1, 4;

Permesso: Domanda n. 5, 7.

Livello B1-B2 Comprensione del testo

Che cosa significa quite in queste frasi? Sottolinea la risposta corretta.

  1. It’s quite cold. Why don’t you wear a warm jacket?
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  2. You can’t compare the two things. They are quite different.
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  3. Robert is quite shy. You’d never guess he is an actor.
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  4. My bedroom is quite big but my wardrobe is really small.
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  5. He didn’t study much and passed all his exams. It’s quite incredible!
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  6. He looks quite active considering his age. He’s over 85!
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  7. I’m afraid I can’t do what you ask. It’s quite impossible!
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  8. “Are you sure? I don’t believe a single word of what you are saying.” “Yes, I’m quite sure.”
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  1. It’s quite cold. Why don’t you wear a warm jacket?
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  2. You can’t compare the two things. They are quite different.
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  3. Robert is quite shy. You’d never guess he is an actor.
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  4. My bedroom is quite big but my wardrobe is really small.
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  5. He didn’t study much and passed all his exams. It’s quite incredible!
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  6. He looks quite active considering his age. He’s over 85!
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  7. I’m afraid I can’t do what you ask. It’s quite impossible!
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  8. “Are you sure? I don’t believe a single word of what you are saying.” “Yes, I’m quite sure.”
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
Soluzioni
  1. a
  2. b
  3. a
  4. a
  5. b
  6. a
  7. b
  8. b
Livello B1 Comparativo di maggioranza

Ci sono molti modi per andare dall’aeroporto di Heathrow al centro di Londra: con la metropolitana, con il taxi, con l’autobus e con il treno. Analizza la griglia e completa le frasi con i comparativi delle parole date.

Comparing transport from Heathrow airport to London

crowded • cheap • frequently • modern • fast • comfortable • expensive • spacious • quiet • dirty • clean • convenient

London Tube
Journey time: 1 hour
Cost: £ 6.00 adult single fare
Comfort: Overcrowded, especially during rush hours. There is limited space for luggage.
Frequency: It leaves every 5 minutes.

Heathrow Express
Journey time: 15-20 minutes
Cost: £ 25 adult single fare
Comfort: Modern with a special ‘quiet zone’ available. The seats are clean and comfortable.
Frequency: Trains leave every 15 minutes.

 

Esempio
The tube is ................................................, especially during rush hours.
The tube is dirtier, especially during rush hours.

1. The Heathrow Express is ..........................................., it only takes about 15-20 minutes to get to London Paddington.

2. If you are staying near Paddington Station, it is ........................................... to take the Heathrow Express.

3. The Heathrow Express is ............................................ It costs four times more than the tube.

4. The seats in the Heathrow express are ........................................ and ............................................

5. The tube is ........................................... . It costs about one fourth of the price of the Heathrow Express.

6. The tube is ........................................... . During rush hours it’s packed with people.

7. The tube runs .................................. , every few minutes.

8. The Heathrow Express is .................................. and ............................. Carriages are new and have enough space for luggage.

9. The Heathrow Express is ........................................... than the tube. A special “quiet zone” is available.

Comparing transport from Heathrow airport to London

crowded • cheap • frequently • modern • fast • comfortable • expensive • spacious • quiet • dirty • clean • convenient

London Tube
Journey time: 1 hour
Cost: £ 6.00 adult single fare
Comfort: Overcrowded, especially during rush hours. There is limited space for luggage.
Frequency: It leaves every 5 minutes.

Heathrow Express
Journey time: 15-20 minutes
Cost: £ 25 adult single fare
Comfort: Modern with a special ‘quiet zone’ available. The seats are clean and comfortable.
Frequency: Trains leave every 15 minutes.

 

Esempio
The tube is ................................................, especially during rush hours.
The tube is dirtier, especially during rush hours.

1. The Heathrow Express is ..........................................., it only takes about 15-20 minutes to get to London Paddington.

2. If you are staying near Paddington Station, it is ........................................... to take the Heathrow Express.

3. The Heathrow Express is ............................................ It costs four times more than the tube.

4. The seats in the Heathrow express are ........................................ and ............................................

5. The tube is ........................................... . It costs about one fourth of the price of the Heathrow Express.

6. The tube is ........................................... . During rush hours it’s packed with people.

7. The tube runs .................................. , every few minutes.

8. The Heathrow Express is .................................. and ............................. Carriages are new and have enough space for luggage.

9. The Heathrow Express is ........................................... than the tube. A special “quiet zone” is available.

Soluzioni
  1. faster
  2. more convenient
  3. more expensive
  4. cleaner more comfortable
  5. cheaper
  6. more crowded
  7. more frequently
  8. more modern more spacious
  9. quieter
Livello A2-B1 Past continuous

Collega le due frasi scegliendo tra il past simple e il past continuous e usa when e while quando necessario.

Esempio
I studied for my exam. Michael came.
I was studying for my exam when Michael came.

1. I met Anne. I did my shopping.

..................................................................................................................................

2. Did you attend university? You met Paul.

..................................................................................................................................

3. We watched TV. The telephone rang.

..................................................................................................................................

4. It rained hard. I left home.

..................................................................................................................................

5. I had a shower. You called.

..................................................................................................................................

6. Did you work in the garden? Your friends arrived.

..................................................................................................................................

7. Didn’t it snow in the mountains? You reached the top.

..................................................................................................................................

8. I arrived. The shops closed.

..................................................................................................................................

Esempio
I studied for my exam. Michael came.
I was studying for my exam when Michael came.

1. I met Anne. I did my shopping.

..................................................................................................................................

2. Did you attend university? You met Paul.

..................................................................................................................................

3. We watched TV. The telephone rang.

..................................................................................................................................

4. It rained hard. I left home.

..................................................................................................................................

5. I had a shower. You called.

..................................................................................................................................

6. Did you work in the garden? Your friends arrived.

..................................................................................................................................

7. Didn’t it snow in the mountains? You reached the top.

..................................................................................................................................

8. I arrived. The shops closed.

..................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1.  
  2. I met Anne while I was doing my shopping.
  3. Were you attending university when you met Paul?
  4. We were watching TV when the telephone rang.
  5. It was raining hard when I left home.
  6. I was having a shower when you called.
  7. Were you working in the garden when your friends arrived?
  8. Wasn’t it snowing in the mountains when you reached the top?
  9. When I arrived, the shops were closing.
  10.  
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (2)

Collega le frasi con il connettivo dato tra parentesi.

Esempio
I’ll take a book with me. It’s going to be a long journey. (as)
As it’s going to be a long journey, I’ll take a book with me.

1. They had to take their car. There was a train strike. (because of) 

.....................................................................................................................

2. I’d better write down her phone number. I won’t forget it. (so that)

...................................................................................................................

3. I love Italian cuisine. I love English breakfast. (both... and)

.....................................................................................................................

4. I don’t like the red shoes. I don’t like the brown shoes. (either... or)

.................................................................................................................

Esempio
I’ll take a book with me. It’s going to be a long journey. (as)
As it’s going to be a long journey, I’ll take a book with me.

1. They had to take their car. There was a train strike. (because of) 

.....................................................................................................................

2. I’d better write down her phone number. I won’t forget it. (so that)

...................................................................................................................

3. I love Italian cuisine. I love English breakfast. (both... and)

.....................................................................................................................

4. I don’t like the red shoes. I don’t like the brown shoes. (either... or)

.................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Because of the train strike, they had to take their car.
  2. I’d better write down her phone number so that I won’t forget it.
  3. I love both Italian cuisine and English breakfast.
  4. I don’t like either the red shoes or the brown shoes.
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (1), Connettivi (2), Connettivi (3), Connettivi (4)

Collega le parti dalle tre liste per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A

  1. The bus drivers are going on strike in order to protest about working conditions.
  2. I always brush my teeth ................................................................................
  3. She’s good at maths ................................................................................
  4. He couldn’t get to their wedding. ................................................................................
  5. I got there on time ................................................................................
  6. She refused to speak to him ................................................................................

B
in order to
in spite of
even though
whereas
even if
However,

C
the heavy traffic.
he sent her red roses every day.
protest about working conditions.
her brother is good at languages.
I’m not at home.
he sent them a telegram.

A

  1. The bus drivers are going on strike in order to protest about working conditions.
  2. I always brush my teeth ................................................................................
  3. She’s good at maths ................................................................................
  4. He couldn’t get to their wedding. ................................................................................
  5. I got there on time ................................................................................
  6. She refused to speak to him ................................................................................

B
in order to
in spite of
even though
whereas
even if
However,

C
the heavy traffic.
he sent her red roses every day.
protest about working conditions.
her brother is good at languages.
I’m not at home.
he sent them a telegram.

Soluzioni
  1. The bus drivers are going on strike in order to protest about working conditions.
  2. I always brush my teeth even if I’m not at home.
  3. She’s good at maths whereas her brother is good at languages.
  4. He couldn’t get to their wedding. However, he sent them a telegram.
  5. I got there on time in spite of the heavy traffic.
  6. She refused to speak to him even though he sent her red roses every day.
Livello B1-B2 Avverbi di modo

Completa con aggettivo o avverbio giusto fra quelli dati.

1. I hardly ever go to the cinema. I don’t have time. (hard/hardly).

2. She tried .................................................................. to finish the research in time. (hard/hardly)

3. They came back home ......................................... on Saturday. (late/lately)

4. She has been feeling much better .......................................... . (late/lately)

5. Fred is very talkative. He makes friends .................................................................. (easy/easily)

6. He laughed .................................................................. at her joke. (loud/loudly)

1. I hardly ever go to the cinema. I don’t have time. (hard/hardly).

2. She tried .................................................................. to finish the research in time. (hard/hardly)

3. They came back home ......................................... on Saturday. (late/lately)

4. She has been feeling much better .......................................... . (late/lately)

5. Fred is very talkative. He makes friends .................................................................. (easy/easily)

6. He laughed .................................................................. at her joke. (loud/loudly)

Soluzioni
  1. hardly
  2. hard
  3. late
  4. lately
  5. easily
  6. loudly
Livello B2-C1 Il verbo "fare": con make, do e altri verbi

Completa con espressioni particolari di make e la forma verbale corretta.

1. I couldn’t sleep because my neighbours ...................................................... a lot of ...................................................... last night.

2. ...................................................... an online ...................................................... is quick compared with going to a bank or post office.

3. I don’t usually lend people my books, but I’ll ...................................................... an ...................................................... in your case.

4. I can’t wait any longer. You must ...................................................... a ...................................................... or I will decide myself.

5. We ................................ just ............................... a written ............................. about the hotel room. We hope we get our money back.

6. How much money do you expect ...................................................... from the sale of your old car?

1. I couldn’t sleep because my neighbours ...................................................... a lot of ...................................................... last night.

2. ...................................................... an online ...................................................... is quick compared with going to a bank or post office.

3. I don’t usually lend people my books, but I’ll ...................................................... an ...................................................... in your case.

4. I can’t wait any longer. You must ...................................................... a ...................................................... or I will decide myself.

5. We ................................ just ............................... a written ............................. about the hotel room. We hope we get our money back.

6. How much money do you expect ...................................................... from the sale of your old car?

Soluzioni
  1. made/were making a lot of noise
  2. Making an online payment
  3. make an exception
  4. make a decision
  5. have jus made a written complaint
  6. to make
Livello B1-B2 Futuro progressivo (future continuous)

Completa con future simple (will) oppure future continuous (will be + -ing) dei verbi tra parentesi.

1. I hope it ........................................... (rain) when we leave.

2. I can hear a lot of noise in the street. I ........................................... (go) and see what is happening.

3. I think I ........................................... (help) my little sister with her homework.

4. What ........................................... you ........................................... (do) tomorrow morning?

5. ............................ you ............................... (go) to the market on your own or ................................... you ........................................... (wait) for me?

6. We ........................................... (have) breakfast in the café at 8 tomorrow. Come with us!

7. “Did you remember to invite Sophie?” “Oh, no! I forgot. I ........................................... (do) it right now.”

8. This time tomorrow, they ........................................... (travel) to London.

9. Frank ........................................... (study) for the exam all day today.

10. Wait a minute. Your suitcase looks very heavy. I ........................................... (carry) it for you.

1. I hope it ........................................... (rain) when we leave.

2. I can hear a lot of noise in the street. I ........................................... (go) and see what is happening.

3. I think I ........................................... (help) my little sister with her homework.

4. What ........................................... you ........................................... (do) tomorrow morning?

5. ............................ you ............................... (go) to the market on your own or ................................... you ........................................... (wait) for me?

6. We ........................................... (have) breakfast in the café at 8 tomorrow. Come with us!

7. “Did you remember to invite Sophie?” “Oh, no! I forgot. I ........................................... (do) it right now.”

8. This time tomorrow, they ........................................... (travel) to London.

9. Frank ........................................... (study) for the exam all day today.

10. Wait a minute. Your suitcase looks very heavy. I ........................................... (carry) it for you.

Soluzioni
  1. won’t rain
  2. ’ll go
  3. will help
  4. will you be doing
  5. Will you be going - will you wait
  6. will be having
  7. ’ll do
  8. will be travelling
  9. will be studying
  10. ’ll carry
Livello A2-B1 Articolo determinativo the (1)

Completa con gli articoli: a, an, the se necessari.

Esempio
There’s .................. train strike (sciopero) today because .................. railway workers are unhappy about their salary.
There’s a train strike today because the railway workers are unhappy about their salary.

1. “Do your parents go to ................... church on ................... Sundays?” “Yes, every Sunday.”

2. ................... pollution is one of ................... most serious environmental problems.

3. ................... images aren’t clear on ................... TV in my bedroom. I need to buy ................... new one.

4. ................... fruit and ................... vegetables have got a lot of ................... vitamins.

5. I like reading ................... history books. At present I’m reading ................... book about ................... World War II.

6. Have you got ................... idea about how we can solve ................... problem?

7. ................... Indian dishes are ................... popular alternative to ................... British cuisine.

8. ................... Italian food in ................... new restaurant in ................... town centre is very good.

9. Some people think that ................... money is the most important thing in ................... life.

Esempio
There’s .................. train strike (sciopero) today because .................. railway workers are unhappy about their salary.
There’s a train strike today because the railway workers are unhappy about their salary.

1. “Do your parents go to ................... church on ................... Sundays?” “Yes, every Sunday.”

2. ................... pollution is one of ................... most serious environmental problems.

3. ................... images aren’t clear on ................... TV in my bedroom. I need to buy ................... new one.

4. ................... fruit and ................... vegetables have got a lot of ................... vitamins.

5. I like reading ................... history books. At present I’m reading ................... book about ................... World War II.

6. Have you got ................... idea about how we can solve ................... problem?

7. ................... Indian dishes are ................... popular alternative to ................... British cuisine.

8. ................... Italian food in ................... new restaurant in ................... town centre is very good.

9. Some people think that ................... money is the most important thing in ................... life.

Soluzioni

1. “Do your parents go to church on Sundays?” “Yes, every Sunday.”

2. Pollution is one of the most serious environmental problems.

3. The images aren’t clear on the TV in my bedroom. I need to buy a new one.

4. Fruit and vegetables have got a lot of vitamins.

5. I like reading history books. At present I’m reading a book about World War II.

6. Have you got an idea about how we can solve the problem?

7. Indian dishes are a popular alternative to British cuisine.

8. The Italian food in the new restaurant in the town centre is very good.

9. Some people think that money is the most important thing in life.

Livello B1-B2 Avverbi di modo

Completa con gli avverbi corrispondenti ai seguenti aggettivi.

early • good • lucky • smart • careful • hard • happy • bad

1. The children did well in their test.

2. .................................................................. tomorrow is Saturday, so I don’t have to get up .................................................................. .

3. Please think .................................................... before you answer.

4. When I was .................................................................. my friend kindly offered to do the shopping for me.

5. Barbara was .................................................................. dressed at my birthday party.

6. They have to work ....................................................... for a living.

7. Peter and Molly are ........................................................... married.

8. The team can’t win. They are playing .................................................................. .

early • good • lucky • smart • careful • hard • happy • bad

1. The children did well in their test.

2. .................................................................. tomorrow is Saturday, so I don’t have to get up .................................................................. .

3. Please think .................................................... before you answer.

4. When I was .................................................................. my friend kindly offered to do the shopping for me.

5. Barbara was .................................................................. dressed at my birthday party.

6. They have to work ....................................................... for a living.

7. Peter and Molly are ........................................................... married.

8. The team can’t win. They are playing .................................................................. .

Soluzioni
  1. well
  2. Luckily - early
  3. carefully
  4. ill
  5. smartly
  6. hard
  7. happily
  8. badly
Livello B2-C1 False friends (2)

Completa con i false friends corretti.

Esempio
I’ve got very ................................. (sensitive/sensible) skin.
I’ve got very sensitive skin.

1. This is not a ................................. (sensitive/sensible) argument, you should also consider our side of the story.

2. I like her a lot. She is always so ................................. (sympathetic/friendly) with everyone.

3. This is the ................................. (argument/topic) I would like to talk about today.

4. He is so ................................. (clever/brave), he isn’t afraid of anything.

5. I always go to the Italian restaurant because the waiters are ................................. (polite/educated).

6. He’s ................................. (actually/currently) writing a new book as he usually does every year.

7. When you wear a carnival mask you can ................................. (pretend/claim) to be someone else.

8. A lot of people ................................. (waited/attended) the conference on Forensic Botany.

Esempio
I’ve got very ................................. (sensitive/sensible) skin.
I’ve got very sensitive skin.

1. This is not a ................................. (sensitive/sensible) argument, you should also consider our side of the story.

2. I like her a lot. She is always so ................................. (sympathetic/friendly) with everyone.

3. This is the ................................. (argument/topic) I would like to talk about today.

4. He is so ................................. (clever/brave), he isn’t afraid of anything.

5. I always go to the Italian restaurant because the waiters are ................................. (polite/educated).

6. He’s ................................. (actually/currently) writing a new book as he usually does every year.

7. When you wear a carnival mask you can ................................. (pretend/claim) to be someone else.

8. A lot of people ................................. (waited/attended) the conference on Forensic Botany.

Soluzioni
  1. sensible
  2. friendly
  3. topic
  4. brave
  5. polite
  6. currently
  7. pretend
  8. attended
Livello B2-C1 Phrasal verbs (1): intransitivi

Completa con i phrasal verbs e la forma verbale giusta.

go on • show up • dress up • fall behind • stand for • hold on • pass away • set off

1. Could you ............................................., please? I’ll go and check if she’s still in her office.

2. He ............................................. peacefully in hospital surrounded by his family. He was 95.

3. She ............................................. singing even though the music had stopped.

4. I waited for nearly half an hour, but he ............................................. (neg).

5. “What ............................................. UFO .............................................?” “Unidentified Flying Object.”

6. Peter ............................................. in his studies owing to his long illness.

7. “Do I need to ............................................. for the meeting?” “No, it’s not a formal event.”

8. Are you ............................................. early tomorrow morning?

go on • show up • dress up • fall behind • stand for • hold on • pass away • set off

1. Could you ............................................., please? I’ll go and check if she’s still in her office.

2. He ............................................. peacefully in hospital surrounded by his family. He was 95.

3. She ............................................. singing even though the music had stopped.

4. I waited for nearly half an hour, but he ............................................. (neg).

5. “What ............................................. UFO .............................................?” “Unidentified Flying Object.”

6. Peter ............................................. in his studies owing to his long illness.

7. “Do I need to ............................................. for the meeting?” “No, it’s not a formal event.”

8. Are you ............................................. early tomorrow morning?

Soluzioni
  1. hold on
  2. passed away
  3. went on
  4. didn’t show up
  5. does stand for
  6. fell behind
  7. dress up
  8. setting off
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi personali complemento

Completa con i pronomi personali complemento o soggetto.

1. My brother gets up very early. I never see ........................... in the morning.

2. Saturn has seven rings. ........................... are made mostly of ice and rock particles.

3. My sister lives in Sydney but .......................................... often comes to Europe.

4. I really like lemon and ginger tea. I only drink ........................... before going to sleep.

5. Jane and I have a generous grandmother. She gives ..................... expensive presents for our birthdays.

6. My new shoes are the wrong size. I can’t wear ........................... .

1. My brother gets up very early. I never see ........................... in the morning.

2. Saturn has seven rings. ........................... are made mostly of ice and rock particles.

3. My sister lives in Sydney but .......................................... often comes to Europe.

4. I really like lemon and ginger tea. I only drink ........................... before going to sleep.

5. Jane and I have a generous grandmother. She gives ..................... expensive presents for our birthdays.

6. My new shoes are the wrong size. I can’t wear ........................... .

Soluzioni
  1. him
  2. They
  3. she
  4. it
  5. us
  6. them
Livello B2-C1 False friends (1)

Completa con i sostantivi dati in ordine sparso.

injury • policy • addiction • politics • magazine • library • rumour • accident • disappointment

1. I’ve heard they’re going to divorce but I think it’s just a rumour.

2. My cousin is in intensive care for a serious ............................................................ after a car ............................................................ .

3. Peter prefers studying at the ............................................................ because it is quiet.

4. The new government has been changing the existing ............................................................ regarding immigration.

5. My brother tried to hide his ............................................................ for having failed his exams.

6. James has decided to enter ............................................................ after studying law.

7. One of my friends has successfully fought against drug ............................................................ .

8. When I travel by train long distances, I always buy a ............................................................ to pass the time.

injury • policy • addiction • politics • magazine • library • rumour • accident • disappointment

1. I’ve heard they’re going to divorce but I think it’s just a rumour.

2. My cousin is in intensive care for a serious ............................................................ after a car ............................................................ .

3. Peter prefers studying at the ............................................................ because it is quiet.

4. The new government has been changing the existing ............................................................ regarding immigration.

5. My brother tried to hide his ............................................................ for having failed his exams.

6. James has decided to enter ............................................................ after studying law.

7. One of my friends has successfully fought against drug ............................................................ .

8. When I travel by train long distances, I always buy a ............................................................ to pass the time.

Soluzioni
  1. rumour
  2. injury - accident
  3. library
  4. policy
  5. disappointment
  6. politics
  7. addiction
  8. magazine
Livello B2-C1 False friends (2)

Completa con i verbi corretti scegliendo fra quelli dati.

1. …….................................................... money
withdraw/retire

2. …….................................................... a product
warn/advertise

3. …….................................................... a conference
wait/attend

4. …….................................................... jam
preserve/maintain

5. …….................................................... control
believe/retain

6. an accident can ……....................................................
occur/need

7. …….................................................... to a situation
repair/adjust

8. …….................................................... from work
retire/withdraw

9. …….................................................... for a bus
wait/attend

10. …….................................................... in an ideal
believe/retain

11. …….................................................... of danger
warn/advertise

12. …….................................................... standards
preserve/maintain

13. …….................................................... something broken
repair/adjust

14. …….................................................... advice
occur/need

1. …….................................................... money
withdraw/retire

2. …….................................................... a product
warn/advertise

3. …….................................................... a conference
wait/attend

4. …….................................................... jam
preserve/maintain

5. …….................................................... control
believe/retain

6. an accident can ……....................................................
occur/need

7. …….................................................... to a situation
repair/adjust

8. …….................................................... from work
retire/withdraw

9. …….................................................... for a bus
wait/attend

10. …….................................................... in an ideal
believe/retain

11. …….................................................... of danger
warn/advertise

12. …….................................................... standards
preserve/maintain

13. …….................................................... something broken
repair/adjust

14. …….................................................... advice
occur/need

Soluzioni
  1. withdraw
  2. advertise
  3. attend
  4. preserve
  5. retain
  6. occur
  7. adjust
  8. retire
  9. wait
  10. believe
  11. warn
  12. maintain
  13. repair
  14. need
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (4)

Completa con il connettivo corretto.

in my view • provided • according to • so that • in case • whether

1. Bring an umbrella with you in case it rains.

2. I’ll put the chicken in the oven now ............................................................... it will be ready for dinner.

3. I will come to your birthday party ............................................................... I don’t have a temperature.

4. ............................................................... today’s news, the murderer was arrested in his house.

5. I asked the child ............................................................... he had done the drawing all by himself.

6. ..............................................................., you should have dealt also with the problems related to Health Service.

in my view • provided • according to • so that • in case • whether

1. Bring an umbrella with you in case it rains.

2. I’ll put the chicken in the oven now ............................................................... it will be ready for dinner.

3. I will come to your birthday party ............................................................... I don’t have a temperature.

4. ............................................................... today’s news, the murderer was arrested in his house.

5. I asked the child ............................................................... he had done the drawing all by himself.

6. ..............................................................., you should have dealt also with the problems related to Health Service.

Soluzioni
  1. in case
  2. so that
  3. provided
  4. According to
  5. whether
  6. In my view
Livello B2-C1 Discorso indiretto con verbi modali

Completa con il discorso indiretto e diretto le parti riguardanti una conversazione tra due amiche.

Choosing a birthday present

Discorso diretto

Jane: It’s my new boyfriend’s birthday tomorrow and I haven’t bought him a present yet. I should have thought about it before. Can you help me choose something?

Ann: I’d be glad to help you. It’s my day off so I don’t have to go to work. What do you think he’d like?

Jane: I know he needs a new mobile phone with a lot of memory where he can store more photos. It must be the latest model.

Ann: The good ones are very expensive and he might feel embarrassed. If I had known before, I could have asked a friend who sells them. Perhaps you should buy him something a little cheaper. You could surprise him with tickets to a musical.

Jane: That’s a good idea but they might be difficult to find at such short notice.

Ann: ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Jane:  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Ann:  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Jane:  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Ann:  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Jane: ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

 

Discorso indiretto

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Ann told her not to worry. She could easily find two tickets for the following day. She said that if she were Jane, she’d go to a romantic restaurant after the performance. They would be both hungry.

Jane said that Ann was right, but it wouldn’t be easy to find a restaurant because he was a vegetarian and she couldn’t eat food with gluten.

Ann said that it must be difficult for her to eat out.

Jane agreed and said that it was a real problem. Her last boyfriend had been annoyed, because they couldn’t go out for a pizza together.

Ann said that he couldn’t have been the right person for her. She knew the perfect place for her but it might be a good idea to book. She asked if she should phone them at that moment.

Jane said that that would be great and thanked her. She then asked her what she would do without her.

Choosing a birthday present

Discorso diretto

Jane: It’s my new boyfriend’s birthday tomorrow and I haven’t bought him a present yet. I should have thought about it before. Can you help me choose something?

Ann: I’d be glad to help you. It’s my day off so I don’t have to go to work. What do you think he’d like?

Jane: I know he needs a new mobile phone with a lot of memory where he can store more photos. It must be the latest model.

Ann: The good ones are very expensive and he might feel embarrassed. If I had known before, I could have asked a friend who sells them. Perhaps you should buy him something a little cheaper. You could surprise him with tickets to a musical.

Jane: That’s a good idea but they might be difficult to find at such short notice.

Ann: ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Jane:  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Ann:  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Jane:  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Ann:  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Jane: ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

 

Discorso indiretto

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Ann told her not to worry. She could easily find two tickets for the following day. She said that if she were Jane, she’d go to a romantic restaurant after the performance. They would be both hungry.

Jane said that Ann was right, but it wouldn’t be easy to find a restaurant because he was a vegetarian and she couldn’t eat food with gluten.

Ann said that it must be difficult for her to eat out.

Jane agreed and said that it was a real problem. Her last boyfriend had been annoyed, because they couldn’t go out for a pizza together.

Ann said that he couldn’t have been the right person for her. She knew the perfect place for her but it might be a good idea to book. She asked if she should phone them at that moment.

Jane said that that would be great and thanked her. She then asked her what she would do without her.

Soluzioni

Discorso diretto

Ann: Don’t worry! I can easily find two tickets for tomorrow. If I were you, I’d go to a romantic restaurant after the performance. You will both be hungry.
Jane: Yes, you’re right, but it won’t be easy to find a restaurant because he’s a vegetarian and I can’t eat food with gluten.
Ann: It must be difficult for you to eat out.
Jane: Yes, I agree, it’s a real problem. My last boyfriend was annoyed, because we couldn’t go out for a pizza together.
Ann: He can’t have been the right person for you. I know the perfect place for you but it may be a good idea to book. Shall I phone them now?
Jane: Jane: That would be great, thanks. What would I do without you?

Discorso indiretto

Jane said that it was her new boyfriend’s birthday the following day and she hadn’t bought him a present yet. She said that she should have thought about it before. She asked Ann if she could help her choose something.

Ann said she would be glad to help her. It was her day off so she didn’t have to go to work. She asked Jane what she thought he’d like.

Jane replied that she knew he needed a new mobile phone with a lot of memory where he could store more photos. It had to be the latest model.

Ann replied that the good ones were very expensive and that he might feel embarrassed. She added that If she had known before, she could have asked a friend who sold them. She suggested that Jane should buy him something a little cheaper. She said that Jane could surprise him with tickets to a musical.

Jane said that that was a good idea but that they might be difficult to find at such short notice.

Livello B1-B2 Future perfect simple e continuous (futuro anteriore)

Completa con il future perfect simple o future perfect continuous.

1. By the end of the year, we ................................................................. (live) in Milan for 20 years.

2. ................................................................. you ................................................................. (finish) your research by next week?

3. By the end of this month, we................................................................. (be) married for 40 years.

4. At Easter I ................................................................. (know) him for three years.

5. I ................................................................. (study) Chinese for 10 months by the end of the year.

6. Doctor Ryan ................................................................. (not visit) all his patients until late this evening.

7. I ................................................................. (work) overtime for three hours by 8 p.m.

8. By the end of August, we ................................................................. (tour) the USA for two months.

1. By the end of the year, we ................................................................. (live) in Milan for 20 years.

2. ................................................................. you ................................................................. (finish) your research by next week?

3. By the end of this month, we................................................................. (be) married for 40 years.

4. At Easter I ................................................................. (know) him for three years.

5. I ................................................................. (study) Chinese for 10 months by the end of the year.

6. Doctor Ryan ................................................................. (not visit) all his patients until late this evening.

7. I ................................................................. (work) overtime for three hours by 8 p.m.

8. By the end of August, we ................................................................. (tour) the USA for two months.

Soluzioni
  1. will have been living
  2. Will you have finished
  3. will have been
  4. will have known
  5. will have been studying
  6. won’t have visited
  7. will have been working
  8. will have been touring
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi riflessivi e reciproci

Completa con il tempo giusto di to get seguito dai verbi dati in ordine sparso.

ready • angry • dirty • dressed • old • bored

Esempio
.......... you .......... for your holidays?
Are you getting ready for your holidays?

1. Children often ......................... when they play outside.

2. I ………………… when people jump the queue.

3. On workings days I wash and ............................. quickly.

4. My grandmother .......................... . She needs assistance.

5. I ..................................... . I don’t like this film.

ready • angry • dirty • dressed • old • bored

Esempio
.......... you .......... for your holidays?
Are you getting ready for your holidays?

1. Children often ......................... when they play outside.

2. I ………………… when people jump the queue.

3. On workings days I wash and ............................. quickly.

4. My grandmother .......................... . She needs assistance.

5. I ..................................... . I don’t like this film.

Soluzioni
  1. get dirty
  2. get angry
  3. get dressed
  4. is getting old
  5. ’m getting bored
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Completa con il verbo e il tempo giusto: present simple o present continuous.

remember • have (x2) • take • wake up • drive • go (x2) • prefer • get up • sleep • plan • call • enjoy

Barbara’s daily routine

From Monday to Friday Barbara (1) ................................................... at seven o’clock, but she (2) ............................................................. (neg.) until a quarter past seven. Today is Saturday and she (3) .................................................................. (neg.) to work so she (4) .................................................................. still .................................................................. . On weekdays she usually (5) ............................................................................... a shower before 8 o’clock, but at weekends she (6) .................................................................. to rest until nine o’clock. She always (7) .................................................................. to work, but next week she (8) .................................................................. the bus because her car is at the mechanic’s. Tomorrow is Sunday, and she (9) .................................................................. to spend a day out with her best friend. When the weather is nice, they usually (10) .................................................................. for a walk in the countryside and (11) .................................................................. a meal on a farm. She’s got a favourite farm where they always (12) .................................................................. delicious meals. At the moment, she (13) .................................................................. (neg) the name of the farm. Right now, she (14) .................................................................. her friend to plan the day and book the meal on the farm.

remember • have (x2) • take • wake up • drive • go (x2) • prefer • get up • sleep • plan • call • enjoy

Barbara’s daily routine

From Monday to Friday Barbara (1) ................................................... at seven o’clock, but she (2) ............................................................. (neg.) until a quarter past seven. Today is Saturday and she (3) .................................................................. (neg.) to work so she (4) .................................................................. still .................................................................. . On weekdays she usually (5) ............................................................................... a shower before 8 o’clock, but at weekends she (6) .................................................................. to rest until nine o’clock. She always (7) .................................................................. to work, but next week she (8) .................................................................. the bus because her car is at the mechanic’s. Tomorrow is Sunday, and she (9) .................................................................. to spend a day out with her best friend. When the weather is nice, they usually (10) .................................................................. for a walk in the countryside and (11) .................................................................. a meal on a farm. She’s got a favourite farm where they always (12) .................................................................. delicious meals. At the moment, she (13) .................................................................. (neg) the name of the farm. Right now, she (14) .................................................................. her friend to plan the day and book the meal on the farm.

Soluzioni

From Monday to Friday Barbara (1) wakes up at seven o’clock, but she (2) doesn't get up (neg.) until a quarter past seven. Today is Saturday and she (3) is not going (neg.) to work so she (4) is still sleeping. On weekdays she usually (5) has a shower before 8 o’clock, but at weekends she (6) prefers to rest until nine o’clock. She always (7) drives to work, but next week she (8) is taking the bus because her car is at the mechanic’s. Tomorrow is Sunday, and she (9) is planning to spend a day out with her best friend. When the weather is nice, they usually (10) go for a walk in the countryside and (11) have a meal on a farm. She’s got a favourite farm where they always (12) enjoy delicious meals. At the moment, she (13) doesn't remember (neg) the name of the farm. Right now, she (14) is calling her friend to plan the day and book the meal on the farm.

Livello B1-B2 Like e as

Completa con la forma corretta dei verbi like/be like/look like.

1. “Do you know what the weather ................................ tomorrow?” “It will be warm and sunny.”

2. “What ................................ your English guest ................................?” “She’s thin, tall with long fair hair and green eyes.”

3. “What kind of music ................................ you ................................ best?” “Rock music is my favourite.”

4. “What ................................ you ................................ to drink with your pizza?” “Some coke, please.”

5. “What ................................ your new English teacher ................................?” “She’s very good and is always ready to help us.”

6. “Where ................................ you ................................ to spend next weekend?” “What about going to a spa?”

1. “Do you know what the weather ................................ tomorrow?” “It will be warm and sunny.”

2. “What ................................ your English guest ................................?” “She’s thin, tall with long fair hair and green eyes.”

3. “What kind of music ................................ you ................................ best?” “Rock music is my favourite.”

4. “What ................................ you ................................ to drink with your pizza?” “Some coke, please.”

5. “What ................................ your new English teacher ................................?” “She’s very good and is always ready to help us.”

6. “Where ................................ you ................................ to spend next weekend?” “What about going to a spa?”

Soluzioni
  1. will be like
  2. does - look like
  3. do - like
  4. would - like
  5. ’s - like
  6. would - like
Livello B2-C1 Il verbo "fare": con make, do e altri verbi

Completa con la forma corretta del verbo do, make oppure take, con il significato di “fare”.

  1. The person I spoke to ........................................................ a huge profit from investing in an e-commerce store.
  2. You must ........................................................ some more research before handing in your essay.
  3. I always ........................................................ a lot of photos whenever I go on a guided tour.
  4. It’s time for you to ........................................................ a choice! You can’t go on changing your mind all the time.
  5. Sue doesn’t like ................................... the washing up. However, she enjoys ........................................... the rest of the housework.
  6. I hope that one day you’ll stop ........................................................ promises that you never keep.
  7. He had ........................................................ the exam again because he hadn’t followed the written instructions.
  8. I ........................................................ the dishes a few minutes ago and there are already some dirty ones in the sink.
  1. The person I spoke to ........................................................ a huge profit from investing in an e-commerce store.
  2. You must ........................................................ some more research before handing in your essay.
  3. I always ........................................................ a lot of photos whenever I go on a guided tour.
  4. It’s time for you to ........................................................ a choice! You can’t go on changing your mind all the time.
  5. Sue doesn’t like ................................... the washing up. However, she enjoys ........................................... the rest of the housework.
  6. I hope that one day you’ll stop ........................................................ promises that you never keep.
  7. He had ........................................................ the exam again because he hadn’t followed the written instructions.
  8. I ........................................................ the dishes a few minutes ago and there are already some dirty ones in the sink.
Soluzioni
  1. made
  2. do
  3. take
  4. make
  5. doing - doing
  6. making
  7. to take
  8. did
Livello B1-B2 Future perfect simple e continuous (futuro anteriore)

Completa con la forma corretta di futuro. Usa i verbi dati tra parentesi.

1. Do you think the teachers ........................................................... (mark) all the tests by tomorrow morning?

2. Next week, they ........................................................... (be married) for five years.

3. English lessons ........................................................... (start) at 8 on Mondays.

4. This time tomorrow, ........................................................... (meet) my Spanish friend in Rome.

5. By next summer, I ........................................................... (live) in Florence for three years.

6. .......................................... you .......................................... (spend) your holidays abroad?

7. By the time you get home, I ........................................................... (finish) my training for the match.

8. I don’t think it ........................................................... (take) me long to find a good hotel for our stay in Wales.

9. Luckily, by the end of the month, I ........................................................... (settle) all my debts.

10. Don’t come before 9 a.m., I ........................................................... (sleep).

1. Do you think the teachers ........................................................... (mark) all the tests by tomorrow morning?

2. Next week, they ........................................................... (be married) for five years.

3. English lessons ........................................................... (start) at 8 on Mondays.

4. This time tomorrow, ........................................................... (meet) my Spanish friend in Rome.

5. By next summer, I ........................................................... (live) in Florence for three years.

6. .......................................... you .......................................... (spend) your holidays abroad?

7. By the time you get home, I ........................................................... (finish) my training for the match.

8. I don’t think it ........................................................... (take) me long to find a good hotel for our stay in Wales.

9. Luckily, by the end of the month, I ........................................................... (settle) all my debts.

10. Don’t come before 9 a.m., I ........................................................... (sleep).

Soluzioni
  1. will have marked
  2. ’ll have been married
  3. start
  4. ’ll be meeting
  5. ’ll have been living
  6. Are going to spend
  7. will have finished
  8. will take
  9. will have settled
  10. will be sleeping
Livello B1-B2 Used to, to be used to, to get used to

Completa con la forma corretta di: used to, be used to e get used to seguiti dai verbi dati. Ricorda di usare la forma in -ing dopo be used to e get used to.

watch • follow • have • do • manage • drive • live • stay

1. When I started my first job, I had little experience, but now I’ve got used to managing all kinds of situations.

2. When I was in England for work experience, I never ..................................................................... dinner at 6.

3. When he was in England, he had to ........................................................................ on the opposite side of the road.

4. Whenever we went to Rome for business we ............................................................. in a small hotel near the main station.

5. I don’t like this town. It’s different from my home town, I’ll never ......................................................... here.

6. When Amy joined our company, she was very surprised. She ......................................... (neg.) so much work every day.

7. In the past young people ......................................... TV in the evening. Now they prefer surfing the Net or chatting online.

8. When I was young I ......................................... (neg.) political debates on TV. I had no interest in them.

watch • follow • have • do • manage • drive • live • stay

1. When I started my first job, I had little experience, but now I’ve got used to managing all kinds of situations.

2. When I was in England for work experience, I never ..................................................................... dinner at 6.

3. When he was in England, he had to ........................................................................ on the opposite side of the road.

4. Whenever we went to Rome for business we ............................................................. in a small hotel near the main station.

5. I don’t like this town. It’s different from my home town, I’ll never ......................................................... here.

6. When Amy joined our company, she was very surprised. She ......................................... (neg.) so much work every day.

7. In the past young people ......................................... TV in the evening. Now they prefer surfing the Net or chatting online.

8. When I was young I ......................................... (neg.) political debates on TV. I had no interest in them.

Soluzioni
  1. I’ve got used to managing
  2. got used to having
  3. get used to driving
  4. used to stay
  5. get used to living
  6. wasn’t used to doing
  7. used to watch
  8. didn’t use to follow
Livello B2-C1 Verbi seguiti da forma in -ing o infinito

Completa con la forma in -ing o infinito dei verbi dati.

1. I never remember .............................................................. (buy) the food I need if I don’t write a list.

2. Paul stopped .............................................................. (play) the piano at six because it was time for dinner.

3. I haven’t finished .............................................................. (fill) in all the forms, I’ll try .............................................................. (finish) before lunch.

4. I need to stop .............................................................. (make) a call before I forget .............................................................. (do) it.

5. Is there anything you regret .............................................................. (do) in your life?

6. Have you ever forgotten .............................................................. (give) birthday cards to your best friends?

7. I should have stopped .............................................................. (drink) all that wine and beer years ago.

8. I regret .............................................................. (inform) you that we are closing our shop.

1. I never remember .............................................................. (buy) the food I need if I don’t write a list.

2. Paul stopped .............................................................. (play) the piano at six because it was time for dinner.

3. I haven’t finished .............................................................. (fill) in all the forms, I’ll try .............................................................. (finish) before lunch.

4. I need to stop .............................................................. (make) a call before I forget .............................................................. (do) it.

5. Is there anything you regret .............................................................. (do) in your life?

6. Have you ever forgotten .............................................................. (give) birthday cards to your best friends?

7. I should have stopped .............................................................. (drink) all that wine and beer years ago.

8. I regret .............................................................. (inform) you that we are closing our shop.

Soluzioni
  1. to buy
  2. playing
  3. filling - to finish
  4. to make - to do
  5. doing
  6. giving
  7. drinking
  8. to inform
Livello B2-C1 Forma passiva standard, Forma passiva: verbi con doppie costruzione, Forma passiva: particolarità

Completa con la forma passiva dei verbi dati.

steal • send • create • consider • inform • give (x2) • report • disguise • rob • catch • spot

STEALING IDENTITY: PHISHING

Phishing (1) ............................................ one of the most frequently used methods for stealing one’s identity. In spite of advances in anti-virus technology, a lot of people (2) ............................................ still ............................................ out by phishing attacks. A lot of Identity frauds (3) ............................................ every day by the media. This kind of fraud is committed by cyber criminals, and occurs when a person’s private information and banking details (4) ............................................ . They (5) ............................................ as harmless interactions that persuade the victim to rely on the phisher. Most cybercriminals are extremely clever and convincing. The easiest way to commit a theft is probably to convince the victims that they (6) ............................................ (neg.). The victims (7) .......................................................... an SMS message, or are contacted on the phone by somebody pretending to be their bank. While they (8) ............................................................ about limited special offers, a suspected identity theft is activated and phishers create a sense of urgency, requiring an immediate answer. In this way they (9) ............................................ the victim’s login credentials. The number of fake messages is growing dramatically. Encrypted websites can (10) ............................................ by hackers every day. Personal information and banking details (11) ................................................... never ............................................................. by email, or over the phone. Phishing can (12) ............................................ if we read carefully the security policies about the indicators of a phishing attempt, given online by governments.

steal • send • create • consider • inform • give (x2) • report • disguise • rob • catch • spot

STEALING IDENTITY: PHISHING

Phishing (1) ............................................ one of the most frequently used methods for stealing one’s identity. In spite of advances in anti-virus technology, a lot of people (2) ............................................ still ............................................ out by phishing attacks. A lot of Identity frauds (3) ............................................ every day by the media. This kind of fraud is committed by cyber criminals, and occurs when a person’s private information and banking details (4) ............................................ . They (5) ............................................ as harmless interactions that persuade the victim to rely on the phisher. Most cybercriminals are extremely clever and convincing. The easiest way to commit a theft is probably to convince the victims that they (6) ............................................ (neg.). The victims (7) .......................................................... an SMS message, or are contacted on the phone by somebody pretending to be their bank. While they (8) ............................................................ about limited special offers, a suspected identity theft is activated and phishers create a sense of urgency, requiring an immediate answer. In this way they (9) ............................................ the victim’s login credentials. The number of fake messages is growing dramatically. Encrypted websites can (10) ............................................ by hackers every day. Personal information and banking details (11) ................................................... never ............................................................. by email, or over the phone. Phishing can (12) ............................................ if we read carefully the security policies about the indicators of a phishing attempt, given online by governments.

Soluzioni
  1. is considered
  2. are caught
  3. are being reported
  4. are stolen
  5. are disguised
  6. are not being robbed
  7. are sent
  8. are being informed
  9. are given
  10. be created
  11. should never be given
  12. be spotted
Livello B2-C1 Il verbo "fare": con make, do e altri verbi

Completa con la forma verbale corretta di do o make (uso generale).

1. Why ...................................................... we ...................................................... something different this evening?

2. He is a famous stylist. At the moment he ...................................................... a plan to launch new models.

3. ...................................................... you ...................................................... your homework yet?

4. I’m surprised at how many things you can ...................................................... at once.

5. That is my favourite pizza place. The pizza they ...................................................... is delicious.

6. Keep calm everybody! We ...................................................... our best to solve the problem.

1. Why ...................................................... we ...................................................... something different this evening?

2. He is a famous stylist. At the moment he ...................................................... a plan to launch new models.

3. ...................................................... you ...................................................... your homework yet?

4. I’m surprised at how many things you can ...................................................... at once.

5. That is my favourite pizza place. The pizza they ...................................................... is delicious.

6. Keep calm everybody! We ...................................................... our best to solve the problem.

Soluzioni
  1. don’t - do
  2. is making
  3. Have you done
  4. do
  5. make
  6. are doing
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di luogo (1)

Completa con la preposizione corretta.

1. Kate lives ............. York but she is ............. Brighton.

2. Sebastian is sleeping ............. the sofa.

3. Jack is ............. the theatre with Barbara this evening.

4. We usually have breakfast ............. home, ............. the kitchen.

5. The exercise is ............. page twenty-two.

6. They always catch the morning train ............. London.

7. It’s hot today so we are having lunch ............ the open air.

8. ............. this cruise ship there’s a beautiful spa.

9. There’s a wide choice of pizzas ............. this menu.

10. John isn’t feeling well today, he’s ............. bed now.

1. Kate lives ............. York but she is ............. Brighton.

2. Sebastian is sleeping ............. the sofa.

3. Jack is ............. the theatre with Barbara this evening.

4. We usually have breakfast ............. home, ............. the kitchen.

5. The exercise is ............. page twenty-two.

6. They always catch the morning train ............. London.

7. It’s hot today so we are having lunch ............ the open air.

8. ............. this cruise ship there’s a beautiful spa.

9. There’s a wide choice of pizzas ............. this menu.

10. John isn’t feeling well today, he’s ............. bed now.

Soluzioni

1. Kate lives in York but she is from Brighton.
2. Sebastian is sleeping on the sofa.
3. Jack is at the theatre with Barbara this evening.
4. We usually have breakfast at home, in the kitchen.
5. The exercise is on page twenty-two.
6. They always catch the morning train to London.
7. It’s hot today so we are having lunch in the open air.
8. On this cruise ship there’s a beautiful spa.
9. There’s a wide choice of pizzas on this menu.
10. John isn’t feeling well today, he’s in bed now.

Livello B2-C1 Il verbo "fare": con make, do e altri verbi

Completa con le parole date.

appointment • effort • anything • room • living • ironing • phone cal • progress

1. She left the table saying she had to make an important .......................................................

2. I hate doing the ...................................................... so I end up with piles of clean clothes that I can’t wear.

3. I can see you’re not trying hard enough. You really must make an .......................................................

4. I’m not making any ....................................................... I’m always at the same level.

5. Are you doing ...................................................... exciting this weekend?

6. Could you please make ...................................................... for me and my dog in the back of the car?

7. How do you make a ...................................................... by working part-time? Your wife must have a good job.

8. I have a very good dentist but you have to make an ...................................................... weeks in advance.

appointment • effort • anything • room • living • ironing • phone cal • progress

1. She left the table saying she had to make an important .......................................................

2. I hate doing the ...................................................... so I end up with piles of clean clothes that I can’t wear.

3. I can see you’re not trying hard enough. You really must make an .......................................................

4. I’m not making any ....................................................... I’m always at the same level.

5. Are you doing ...................................................... exciting this weekend?

6. Could you please make ...................................................... for me and my dog in the back of the car?

7. How do you make a ...................................................... by working part-time? Your wife must have a good job.

8. I have a very good dentist but you have to make an ...................................................... weeks in advance.

Soluzioni
  1. phone call
  2. ironing
  3. effort
  4. progress
  5. anything
  6. room
  7. living
  8. appointment
Livello B1-B2 Periodo ipotetico standard, Periodo ipotetico: varianti

Completa con le parole date.

until • unless (x2) • suppose • provided • should • even if • as soon as

1. Don’t call me at work unless it’s strictly necessary.

2. I wouldn’t have passed the test ......................................... I had studied. It was too difficult.

3. ......................................... we asked Mary to baby-sit. Do you think she’d do it?

4. We can hold the party in the garden ......................................... it doesn’t rain.

5. ......................................... you wish to cancel your order, please contact our customer service.

6. I’m going to wait ......................................... the January sales start to buy a new jacket.

7. He wouldn’t eat anything ......................................... he cooked it himself.

8. I will call you ......................................... the plane lands.

until • unless (x2) • suppose • provided • should • even if • as soon as

1. Don’t call me at work unless it’s strictly necessary.

2. I wouldn’t have passed the test ......................................... I had studied. It was too difficult.

3. ......................................... we asked Mary to baby-sit. Do you think she’d do it?

4. We can hold the party in the garden ......................................... it doesn’t rain.

5. ......................................... you wish to cancel your order, please contact our customer service.

6. I’m going to wait ......................................... the January sales start to buy a new jacket.

7. He wouldn’t eat anything ......................................... he cooked it himself.

8. I will call you ......................................... the plane lands.

Soluzioni
  1. unless
  2. even if
  3. Suppose
  4. provided
  5. Should
  6. until
  7. unless
  8. as soon as
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con wh...?

Completa con le parole date.

flavour • neighbour • appointment • present • postcode • environment • football • flag • trainers • subject

  1. What is your favourite ........................................................................... at school?
  2. When is your ......................................................................................... with the dentist?
  3. Where is your ....................................................................... from?
  4. Which is your favourite ice cream ........................................................................................?
  5. What’s the price of these ........................................................................?
  6. Why is it important to protect the ................................................................?
  7. When we win EU cups we put our .................................................................................... outside.
  8. Which ......................................................................................... team do you support?
  9. Who are you giving this .............................................................. to?
  10. What’s the ................................................................... of your town?

flavour • neighbour • appointment • present • postcode • environment • football • flag • trainers • subject

  1. What is your favourite ........................................................................... at school?
  2. When is your ......................................................................................... with the dentist?
  3. Where is your ....................................................................... from?
  4. Which is your favourite ice cream ........................................................................................?
  5. What’s the price of these ........................................................................?
  6. Why is it important to protect the ................................................................?
  7. When we win EU cups we put our .................................................................................... outside.
  8. Which ......................................................................................... team do you support?
  9. Who are you giving this .............................................................. to?
  10. What’s the ................................................................... of your town?
Soluzioni
  1. What is your favourite subject at school?
  2. When is your appointment with the dentist?
  3. Where is your neighbour from?
  4. Which is your favourite ice cream flavour?
  5. What’s the price of these trainers?
  6. Why is it important to protect the environment?
  7. When we win EU cups we put our flag outside.
  8. Which football team do you support?
  9. Who are you giving this present to?
  10. What’s the postcode of your town?
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di tempo: at, in, on, Preposizioni di luogo (1)

Completa con le parti delle liste A e B per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

1. I usually drink a glass of milk in the morning.

2. Our course ...............................................................

3. Mary never ...............................................................

4. We are always ...............................................................

5. It is very ...............................................................

6. We often have a ...............................................................

7. I like ...............................................................

8. I always go to ...............................................................

A
meal out on
getting up at
visit my cousins in
on time
cold here
glass of milk in
is on
goes out at

B
my birthday
dawn
summer
the morning
Tuesdays and Fridays
night
for school
in winter

1. I usually drink a glass of milk in the morning.

2. Our course ...............................................................

3. Mary never ...............................................................

4. We are always ...............................................................

5. It is very ...............................................................

6. We often have a ...............................................................

7. I like ...............................................................

8. I always go to ...............................................................

A
meal out on
getting up at
visit my cousins in
on time
cold here
glass of milk in
is on
goes out at

B
my birthday
dawn
summer
the morning
Tuesdays and Fridays
night
for school
in winter

Soluzioni
  1. I usually drink a glass of milk in the morning.
  2. Our course is on Tuesdays and Fridays.
  3. Mary never goes out at night.
  4. We are always on time for school.
  5. It is very cold here in winter.
  6. We often have a meal out on my birthday.
  7. I like getting up at dawn.
  8. I always go to visit my cousins in summer.
Livello B1 Preposizioni di luogo (2)

Completa con le preposizioni date.

among • below • behind • above • near • between

In a grassy area by a river that flows (1) ................................................................... the Scottish Border, archaeologists have found something amazing. (2) ................................................................... the trees and dirt, they have recently discovered the remains of a Neolithic town hidden (3) ................................................................... the ground. The dig site is (4) ................................................................... the hills and a river, making it an ideal spot for a settlement. Thanks to the pictures taken by a drone flying (5) ................................................................... the site, they have found many artefacts that belonged to people from about 8000 years ago. The most interesting find is a number of beads, pendants and bracelets, made from materials such as bone and shells, which were found (6) ................................................................... a wall in a hidden chamber.

among • below • behind • above • near • between

In a grassy area by a river that flows (1) ................................................................... the Scottish Border, archaeologists have found something amazing. (2) ................................................................... the trees and dirt, they have recently discovered the remains of a Neolithic town hidden (3) ................................................................... the ground. The dig site is (4) ................................................................... the hills and a river, making it an ideal spot for a settlement. Thanks to the pictures taken by a drone flying (5) ................................................................... the site, they have found many artefacts that belonged to people from about 8000 years ago. The most interesting find is a number of beads, pendants and bracelets, made from materials such as bone and shells, which were found (6) ................................................................... a wall in a hidden chamber.

Soluzioni
  1. near
  2. Among
  3. below
  4. between
  5. above
  6. behind
Livello B1 Preposizioni di luogo e di moto (3)

Completa con le preposizioni di luogo e moto.

The amazing Spiderman

Yesterday afternoon I was walking (1) .................................................. 5th Avenue with my camera, when I sensed danger (2) ........................................... the air. I looked (3) ................................................... and saw smoke coming (4) .................................................. the windows of an office block on the (5) ............................................. side of the street. That moment I became Spiderman. A few minutes later I started walking (6) .............................................. the people who were standing (7) ......................................................... the burning building. I ran right (8) ...................................................... the fire engine that had just arrived and climbed (9) ................................................. to the tenth-floor window where a woman was screaming for help. I leapt (10) ............................................. the window, picked up the woman and then disappeared (11) ................................................ the skyscrapers before landing (12) ............................................ the hospital. Once the woman was safely (13) ............................................... the hospital with a nurse I went back (14) ............................................... the office building to put out the fire. People wanted to thank me but I was already away (15) ................................................ them quickly crawling towards an unknown destination.

The amazing Spiderman

Yesterday afternoon I was walking (1) .................................................. 5th Avenue with my camera, when I sensed danger (2) ........................................... the air. I looked (3) ................................................... and saw smoke coming (4) .................................................. the windows of an office block on the (5) ............................................. side of the street. That moment I became Spiderman. A few minutes later I started walking (6) .............................................. the people who were standing (7) ......................................................... the burning building. I ran right (8) ...................................................... the fire engine that had just arrived and climbed (9) ................................................. to the tenth-floor window where a woman was screaming for help. I leapt (10) ............................................. the window, picked up the woman and then disappeared (11) ................................................ the skyscrapers before landing (12) ............................................ the hospital. Once the woman was safely (13) ............................................... the hospital with a nurse I went back (14) ............................................... the office building to put out the fire. People wanted to thank me but I was already away (15) ................................................ them quickly crawling towards an unknown destination.

Soluzioni
  1. along
  2. in
  3. up
  4. out of
  5. opposite
  6. among
  7. outside
  8. past
  9. up
  10. through
  11. behind
  12. in front of
  13. inside
  14. to
  15. above
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di luogo (1)

Completa con le preposizioni: at, in, on e le parole necessarie tra le seguenti.

bedroom • wall • video-conference • choice • pizza • beach • semi-detached • Airport • menu

1. Robert is ......................... home ......................... his room. He’s taking part in a .......................................

2. The train arriving .................... platform 4 is the Express ................ Victoria Station going directly ................ Gatwick ..................

3. Ann is ......................... holiday ......................... the Caribbean islands. She’s ......................... the sun ......................... a tropical sandy ..........................

4. We live ......................... a ......................... house on the main road. My ......................... is ........................ the second floor.

5. The teacher is .................. school ............ her classroom. She is showing the class a World Map ....................... the .........................

6. We always go ......................... the same ......................... place. There is a wide ......................... of pizzas ......................... the ..........................

bedroom • wall • video-conference • choice • pizza • beach • semi-detached • Airport • menu

1. Robert is ......................... home ......................... his room. He’s taking part in a .......................................

2. The train arriving .................... platform 4 is the Express ................ Victoria Station going directly ................ Gatwick ..................

3. Ann is ......................... holiday ......................... the Caribbean islands. She’s ......................... the sun ......................... a tropical sandy ..........................

4. We live ......................... a ......................... house on the main road. My ......................... is ........................ the second floor.

5. The teacher is .................. school ............ her classroom. She is showing the class a World Map ....................... the .........................

6. We always go ......................... the same ......................... place. There is a wide ......................... of pizzas ......................... the ..........................

Soluzioni

1. Robert is at home in his room. He’s taking part in a video-conference

2. The train arriving at platform 4 is the Express from Victoria Station going directly to Gatwick Airport.

3. Ann is on holiday in the Caribbean islands. She’s in the sun on a tropical sandy beach.

4. We live in a semi-detached house on the main road. My bedroom is on the second floor.

5. The teacher is at school in her classroom. She is showing the class a World Map on the wall.

6. We always go to the same pizza place. There is a wide choice of pizzas on the menu.

Livello B1-B2 Aggettivi: rafforzare o attenuare il significato

Completa con l’aggettivo giusto.

disgusting • amused • delicious • confident • different • dreadful • lucky • scared • tired • difficult

1. She is extremely lucky to be living in such a nice house.

2. They make absolutely ................................... dishes in that restaurant.

3. She found her new job slightly more ................................... than expected.

4. How can you eat this pudding? It’s quite ................................... .

5. I’m too ................................... to go out this evening. I’ve worked hard all day.

6. Since I was stung, I’ve always been terribly ................................... of wasps.

7. They looked totally ................................... by the joke we played on them.

8. She looked completely ................................... in that pink hat.

9. The damage caused by heavy rainstorms was truly ................................... .

10. He was feeling quite ..................................., so he didn’t revise before the exam.

disgusting • amused • delicious • confident • different • dreadful • lucky • scared • tired • difficult

1. She is extremely lucky to be living in such a nice house.

2. They make absolutely ................................... dishes in that restaurant.

3. She found her new job slightly more ................................... than expected.

4. How can you eat this pudding? It’s quite ................................... .

5. I’m too ................................... to go out this evening. I’ve worked hard all day.

6. Since I was stung, I’ve always been terribly ................................... of wasps.

7. They looked totally ................................... by the joke we played on them.

8. She looked completely ................................... in that pink hat.

9. The damage caused by heavy rainstorms was truly ................................... .

10. He was feeling quite ..................................., so he didn’t revise before the exam.

Soluzioni
  1. lucky
  2. delicious
  3. difficult
  4. disgusting
  5. tired
  6. scared
  7. amused
  8. different
  9. dreadful
  10. confident
Livello A2 I dimostrativi: this, that, these, those

Completa con l’aggettivo o il pronome dimostrativo.

Esempio:
What’s in .............. box here?
What’s in this box here?

  1. Dad is nervous ......................................................... days, why?
  2. Are ......................................................... trousers here my size
  3. How much is ............................................ scarf in the window?
  4. “This is a great party!” “.........................................................’s right!”
  5. What are ......................................................... buildings on the other side of the street?
  6. “Hello, is ......................................................... Sue?” “No, ......................................................... is Carmel speaking.”
  7. Hello, Stephen. ......................................................... are my new Italian friends.
  8. What is .......................................... strange object over here?
  9. Sit here. ......................................................... is a comfortable armchair.
  10. ......................................................... trousers there in the shop window are cool. How much are they?

Esempio:
What’s in .............. box here?
What’s in this box here?

  1. Dad is nervous ......................................................... days, why?
  2. Are ......................................................... trousers here my size
  3. How much is ............................................ scarf in the window?
  4. “This is a great party!” “.........................................................’s right!”
  5. What are ......................................................... buildings on the other side of the street?
  6. “Hello, is ......................................................... Sue?” “No, ......................................................... is Carmel speaking.”
  7. Hello, Stephen. ......................................................... are my new Italian friends.
  8. What is .......................................... strange object over here?
  9. Sit here. ......................................................... is a comfortable armchair.
  10. ......................................................... trousers there in the shop window are cool. How much are they?
Soluzioni
  1. Dad is nervous these days, why?
  2. Are these trousers here my size
  3. How much is that scarf in the window?
  4. “This is a great party!” “That’s right!”
  5. What are those buildings on the other side of the street?
  6. “Hello, is that Sue?” “No, this is Carmel speaking.”
  7. Hello, Stephen. These are my new Italian friends.
  8. What is that strange object over here?
  9. Sit here. This is a comfortable armchair.
  10. Those trousers there in the shop window are cool. How much are they?
Livello B1-B2 Like e as

Completa con l’uso corretto di as/like/as if.

1. Are you all right, Sara? You look ................................ you haven’t slept all night.

2. ................................ parents we are very interested in the government’s decisions on education.

3. During the summer I worked ................................ a waiter in a restaurant by the sea.

4. She became a teacher and ................................ me she organised school trips.

5. Do ................................ you like. I really don’t care.

6. It looks ................................ a heavy storm is going to break out at any moment. Let’s hurry back home.

1. Are you all right, Sara? You look ................................ you haven’t slept all night.

2. ................................ parents we are very interested in the government’s decisions on education.

3. During the summer I worked ................................ a waiter in a restaurant by the sea.

4. She became a teacher and ................................ me she organised school trips.

5. Do ................................ you like. I really don’t care.

6. It looks ................................ a heavy storm is going to break out at any moment. Let’s hurry back home.

Soluzioni
  1. as if
  2. As
  3. as
  4. like
  5. as
  6. as if
Livello A2 Have got: avere, possedere

Completa con l’uso di have got o di to be. Usa forme contratte quando possibile.

Esempio: I’m thirsty. Have you got any fresh drinks in the fridge?

  1. “Why .......................................................... you at home today?” “Because I .......................................................... a fever.”
  2. What kind of car ............................................ Michael ...................................................? .............................................. it an electric or a hybrid car?
  3. “.......................................................... you .......................................................... time for a drink?” “Sorry. I .......................................................... in a hurry.”
  4. Robert .......................................................... (neg) at school today. .......................................................... he .......................................................... the flu?
  5. My smartphone .......................................................... expensive but it .......................................................... a triple camera.

Esempio: I’m thirsty. Have you got any fresh drinks in the fridge?

  1. “Why .......................................................... you at home today?” “Because I .......................................................... a fever.”
  2. What kind of car ............................................ Michael ...................................................? .............................................. it an electric or a hybrid car?
  3. “.......................................................... you .......................................................... time for a drink?” “Sorry. I .......................................................... in a hurry.”
  4. Robert .......................................................... (neg) at school today. .......................................................... he .......................................................... the flu?
  5. My smartphone .......................................................... expensive but it .......................................................... a triple camera.
Soluzioni
  1. “Why are you at home today?” “Because I’ve got a fever”.
  2. What kind of car has Michael got? Is it an electric or a hybrid car?
  3. Have you got time for a drink?” “Sorry. I’m in a hurry.”
  4. Robert isn’t at school today. Has he got the flu?
  5. My smartphone is expensive but it’s got a triple camera.
Livello A2 There is / there are

Completa con l’uso di there o here.

  1. “Where’s your boarding pass?” “.............................................. it is, on the table next to you.”
  2. “Is ........................................................ a disco in this town?” “No, .............................................. isn’t.”
  3. (at the bar) “Two sandwiches, please.” “.......................................................................... you are, madam.”
  4. We are late, hurry up! ..............................................’s the coach at the roundabout.
  5. (at the restaurant) “.............................................. is your bill, sir.” “Thank you.”
  1. “Where’s your boarding pass?” “.............................................. it is, on the table next to you.”
  2. “Is ........................................................ a disco in this town?” “No, .............................................. isn’t.”
  3. (at the bar) “Two sandwiches, please.” “.......................................................................... you are, madam.”
  4. We are late, hurry up! ..............................................’s the coach at the roundabout.
  5. (at the restaurant) “.............................................. is your bill, sir.” “Thank you.”
Soluzioni
  1. “Where’s your boarding pass?” “There it is, on the table next to you.”
  2. “Is there a disco in this town?” “No, there isn’t.”
  3. (at the bar) “Two sandwiches, please.” “Here you are, madam.”
  4. We are late, hurry up! There’s the coach at the roundabout.
  5. (at the restaurant) “Here is your bill, sir.” “Thank you.”
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi riflessivi e reciproci

Completa con pronomi riflessivi o aggettivi possessivi.

Esempio
We don’t like her. She only thinks about .................... .
She only thinks about herself.

1. She’s washing ....................... hair now. Please, call later.

2. They’re taking photos of ................ and not the scenery.

3. I often cut ......................................................... while opening tins.

4. Lucy lives by .......................................... in a small flat in town.

5. He often hurts .................................. when he goes skating.

Esempio
We don’t like her. She only thinks about .................... .
She only thinks about herself.

1. She’s washing ....................... hair now. Please, call later.

2. They’re taking photos of ................ and not the scenery.

3. I often cut ......................................................... while opening tins.

4. Lucy lives by .......................................... in a small flat in town.

5. He often hurts .................................. when he goes skating.

Soluzioni
  1. her
  2. themselves
  3. myself
  4. herself
  5. himself
Livello B1 Present perfect simple, Present perfect continuous (forma di durata)

Completa frasi con l’uso del present perfect simple o del present perfect continuous. Utilizza for e since a seconda delle situazioni.

1. Mary ............................................................... (clean) the house ............................................................... this morning.

2. “How long ........................................................... they .......................................................... married (be)?” “They ............................................................. (be) married ............................................................... 2005.”

3. Sue and Jeff ............................................................... (tour) Italy ............................................................... a month.

4. Paul ............................................................... (study) ............................................................... five hours.

5. It ............................................................... (rain) ............................................................... two days.

6. Robert ............................................................... (have) this car ............................................................... 2018.

7. “How long .................................................. they .......................................................... this bridge (build)?” “........................................................... 2019.”

8. “How long ............................................. Sarah ................................................. in bed with the flu (be)?” “............................................. three days.”

1. Mary ............................................................... (clean) the house ............................................................... this morning.

2. “How long ........................................................... they .......................................................... married (be)?” “They ............................................................. (be) married ............................................................... 2005.”

3. Sue and Jeff ............................................................... (tour) Italy ............................................................... a month.

4. Paul ............................................................... (study) ............................................................... five hours.

5. It ............................................................... (rain) ............................................................... two days.

6. Robert ............................................................... (have) this car ............................................................... 2018.

7. “How long .................................................. they .......................................................... this bridge (build)?” “........................................................... 2019.”

8. “How long ............................................. Sarah ................................................. in bed with the flu (be)?” “............................................. three days.”

Soluzioni

1. Mary has been cleaning (clean) the house since this morning.

2. “How long have they been married (be)?” “They have been (be) married since 2005.”

3. Sue and Jeff have been touring (tour) Italy for a month.

4. Paul has been studying (study) for five hours.

5. It has been raining (rain) for two days.

6. Robert has had (have) this car since 2018.

7. “How long have they been building this bridge (build)?” “Since 2019.”

8. “How long has Sarah been in bed with the flu (be)?” “For three days.”

Livello A2 Plurale dei sostantivi

Completa gli spazi con is oppure are e scrivi la traduzione in italiano.

Esempio:
Our homework ..................... not difficult.
Our homework is not difficult.
I nostri compiti non sono difficili.

  1. My feet ..................... cold.
    .........................................................................................................
  2. ..................... your luggage heavy?
    .........................................................................................................
  3. This information ..................... not correct.
    .........................................................................................................
  4. ..................... there geese on his farm?
    .........................................................................................................
  5. Your hair ..................... very long.
    .........................................................................................................
  6. There ..................... great progress in scientific research.
    .........................................................................................................
  7. ..................... this your homework for tomorrow.
    .........................................................................................................

Esempio:
Our homework ..................... not difficult.
Our homework is not difficult.
I nostri compiti non sono difficili.

  1. My feet ..................... cold.
    .........................................................................................................
  2. ..................... your luggage heavy?
    .........................................................................................................
  3. This information ..................... not correct.
    .........................................................................................................
  4. ..................... there geese on his farm?
    .........................................................................................................
  5. Your hair ..................... very long.
    .........................................................................................................
  6. There ..................... great progress in scientific research.
    .........................................................................................................
  7. ..................... this your homework for tomorrow.
    .........................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. My feet are cold.
    I miei piedi sono freddi.
  2. Is your luggage heavy?
    Sono pesanti i vostri bagagli?
  3. This information is not correct.
    Queste informazioni non sono corrette.
  4. Are there geese on his farm?
    Ci sono oche nella sua fattoria?
  5. Your hair is very long.
    I tuoi capelli sono molto lunghi.
  6. There is great progress in scientific research.
    Ci sono grandi progressi nella ricerca scientifica.
  7. Is this your homework for tomorrow.
    Sono questi i tuoi compiti per domani?
Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)

Completa i dialoghi con la forma corretta del presente di to be. Usa forme contratte quando possibile.

  1. What ........................ your name?
  2. Roberta.
  3. .................... you Italian?
  4. Yes, I ........................... . Where .............. you from?
  5. I .......................... from Madrid. My name .......................... Rodrigo.
  6. ...................................... you here on holiday?
  7. Yes, I ............................. . My friends Paulo and Francisco ........................ with me.
  8. .................... you in a hotel?
  9. No. We ................... in a B&B.
  10. Ok. Have a nice holiday. Bye.
  1. What ........................ your name?
  2. Roberta.
  3. .................... you Italian?
  4. Yes, I ........................... . Where .............. you from?
  5. I .......................... from Madrid. My name .......................... Rodrigo.
  6. ...................................... you here on holiday?
  7. Yes, I ............................. . My friends Paulo and Francisco ........................ with me.
  8. .................... you in a hotel?
  9. No. We ................... in a B&B.
  10. Ok. Have a nice holiday. Bye.
Soluzioni
  1. What's your name?
  2. Roberta.
  3. Are you Italian?
  4. Yes, I am. Where are you from?
  5. I'm from Madrid. My name's Rodrigo.
  6. Are you here on holiday?
  7. Yes, I am. My friends Paulo and Francisco are with me.
  8. Are you in a hotel?
  9. No. We're in a B&B.
  10. Ok. Have a nice holiday. Bye.
Livello B1 Il futuro con present continuous e present simple

Completa i dialoghi con l’uso del present continuous (dialogo 1) e del present simple (dialogo 2) con valore di futuro.

Dialogo 1

A: What (1) ............................................... you ............................................ for Christmas (do)?

B: I (2) ................................................. to the mountains (go).

A: (3) ............................................ you ......................................................... before Christmas (leave)?

B: No, we (4) ................................................. (spend) Christmas Day with our relatives and (5) ................................................. (leave) on Boxing Day.

A: (6) ............................................... on your own (da soli) (go)?

B: No, Angela and Robert (7) ................................................ with us (come). It’s their first time in the mountains. They (8) ................................................. ski lessons for the whole week (take).

A: Oh, I see. Have a nice time then!

B: Thanks, the same to you. Bye bye.

 

Dialogo 2

A: Excuse me, can you give me some details about the sightseeing tour?

B: Certainly.

A: Where (1) ............................ it ........................ from (start)?

B: It (2) ............................................ from the main square (start).

A: What time (3) ......................................... we ....................................... there (meet)?

B: At 9 a.m.

A: How long (4) .............................. it ........................................ (last)?

B: It (5) ........................................................................ three hours but we (6) ....................................... a coffee break in between (have).

A: (7) ........................................... we ................................................. Saint Mary’s Cathedral (visit)?

B: Of course we do. Entrance is free.

A: Thank you very much.

Dialogo 1

A: What (1) ............................................... you ............................................ for Christmas (do)?

B: I (2) ................................................. to the mountains (go).

A: (3) ............................................ you ......................................................... before Christmas (leave)?

B: No, we (4) ................................................. (spend) Christmas Day with our relatives and (5) ................................................. (leave) on Boxing Day.

A: (6) ............................................... on your own (da soli) (go)?

B: No, Angela and Robert (7) ................................................ with us (come). It’s their first time in the mountains. They (8) ................................................. ski lessons for the whole week (take).

A: Oh, I see. Have a nice time then!

B: Thanks, the same to you. Bye bye.

 

Dialogo 2

A: Excuse me, can you give me some details about the sightseeing tour?

B: Certainly.

A: Where (1) ............................ it ........................ from (start)?

B: It (2) ............................................ from the main square (start).

A: What time (3) ......................................... we ....................................... there (meet)?

B: At 9 a.m.

A: How long (4) .............................. it ........................................ (last)?

B: It (5) ........................................................................ three hours but we (6) ....................................... a coffee break in between (have).

A: (7) ........................................... we ................................................. Saint Mary’s Cathedral (visit)?

B: Of course we do. Entrance is free.

A: Thank you very much.

Soluzioni

Dialogo 1
A: What (1) are you doing for Christmas (do)?
B: I (2)'m going to the mountains (go).
A: (3) Are you leaving before Christmas (leave)?
B: No, we (4) are spending (spend) Christmas Day with our relatives and (5) leaving (leave) on Boxing Day.
A: (6) Are you going on your own (da soli) (go)?
B: No, Angela and Robert (7) are coming with us (come). It’s their first time in the mountains. They (8) are taking ski lessons for the whole week (take).
A: Oh, I see. Have a nice time then!
B: Thanks, the same to you. Bye bye.

Dialogo 2
A: Excuse me, can you give me some details about the sightseeing tour?
B: Certainly.
A: Where (1) does it start from (start)?
B: It (2) starts from the main square (start).
A: What time (3) do we meet there (meet)?
B: At 9 a.m.
A: How long (4) does it last (last)?
B: It (5) lasts three hours but we (6) have a coffee break in between (have).
A: (7) Do we visit Saint Mary’s Cathedral (visit)?
B: Of course we do. Entrance is free.
A: Thank you very much.

Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di luogo (1)

Completa i dialoghi con preposizioni se necessarie.

1

A: Are you .......................... Milan?

B: No, I live .......................... Milan but I am from Verona.

A: Where are you going now?

B: I’m going .......................... home.

 

2

A: What’s your address?

B: I live ................... 34, East 23rd Street, San Diego.

A: Is it .......................... Mexico?

B: No, it’s .......................... California .......................... the border with Mexico.

 

3

A: What are you doing next weekend?

B: We are staying .......................... home, some friends are coming .......................... Rome.

 

4

A: Excuse me, where is the post office, please?

B: Go straight .......................... the end of the road, it’s right .......................... the corner.

 

5

A: Where do you work?

B: I work .......................... the Bank of England, I’m a secretary. How about you?

A: I’m a clerk. I work .......................... the post office near the supermarket.

B: How do you go .......................... work?

A: By bus.

B: Let’s meet .......................... the bus stop then, after work.

 

6

A: Where’s the milk, Mary?

B: It’s .......................... the fridge!

A: No, it’s not there.

B: Oh, sorry, it’s .......................... the cupboard.

A: Thanks. And where are the cereals?

B: They are .......................... the shelf, I think.

A: Great! Let’s have some breakfast then.

1

A: Are you .......................... Milan?

B: No, I live .......................... Milan but I am from Verona.

A: Where are you going now?

B: I’m going .......................... home.

 

2

A: What’s your address?

B: I live ................... 34, East 23rd Street, San Diego.

A: Is it .......................... Mexico?

B: No, it’s .......................... California .......................... the border with Mexico.

 

3

A: What are you doing next weekend?

B: We are staying .......................... home, some friends are coming .......................... Rome.

 

4

A: Excuse me, where is the post office, please?

B: Go straight .......................... the end of the road, it’s right .......................... the corner.

 

5

A: Where do you work?

B: I work .......................... the Bank of England, I’m a secretary. How about you?

A: I’m a clerk. I work .......................... the post office near the supermarket.

B: How do you go .......................... work?

A: By bus.

B: Let’s meet .......................... the bus stop then, after work.

 

6

A: Where’s the milk, Mary?

B: It’s .......................... the fridge!

A: No, it’s not there.

B: Oh, sorry, it’s .......................... the cupboard.

A: Thanks. And where are the cereals?

B: They are .......................... the shelf, I think.

A: Great! Let’s have some breakfast then.

Soluzioni

1

A: Are you from Milan?

B: No, I live in Milan but I am from Verona.

A: Where are you going now?

B: I’m going home.

 

2

A: What’s your address?

B: I live at 34, East 23rd Street, San Diego.

A: Is it in Mexico?

B: No, it’s in California on the border with Mexico.

 

3

A: What are you doing next weekend?

B: We are staying at home, some friends are coming from Rome.

 

4

A: Excuse me, where is the post office, please?

B: Go straight to the end of the road, it’s right on the corner.

 

5

A: Where do you work?

B: I work at the Bank of England, I’m a secretary. How about you?

A: I’m a clerk. I work at the post office near the supermarket.

B: How do you go to work?

A: By bus.

B: Let’s meet at the bus stop then, after work.

 

6

A: Where’s the milk, Mary?

B: It’s in the fridge!

A: No, it’s not there.

B: Oh, sorry, it’s in the cupboard.

A: Thanks. And where are the cereals?

B: They are on the shelf, I think.

A: Great! Let’s have some breakfast then.

Livello B2-C1 Fare + infinito, verbi causativi

Completa i dialoghi usando la forma corretta di make, let o be allowed to e il pronome complemento appropriato.

Esempio
“Did you have a good time with your rich cousin Tom?” “Oh yes. He ........................................ drive his new sports car.”
He let me drive his new sports car.

1. “Why didn’t you come to the party last night?” “My mother ............................................... stay at home and study for my maths test.”

2. I love watching the late night movie. I wish I ............................................... to stay up late.

3. “The gallery closes at 4 o’clock.” “Are you sure? They ............................................... in at 4:30 yesterday afternoon.”

4. “Security is very tight at the airport right now.” “I know. They ............................................... take off my shoes and socks last time.”

5. “It’s a difficult life for smokers these days.” “Yes, you’re right. You ............................................... smoke in restaurants or anywhere in public.”

Esempio
“Did you have a good time with your rich cousin Tom?” “Oh yes. He ........................................ drive his new sports car.”
He let me drive his new sports car.

1. “Why didn’t you come to the party last night?” “My mother ............................................... stay at home and study for my maths test.”

2. I love watching the late night movie. I wish I ............................................... to stay up late.

3. “The gallery closes at 4 o’clock.” “Are you sure? They ............................................... in at 4:30 yesterday afternoon.”

4. “Security is very tight at the airport right now.” “I know. They ............................................... take off my shoes and socks last time.”

5. “It’s a difficult life for smokers these days.” “Yes, you’re right. You ............................................... smoke in restaurants or anywhere in public.”

Soluzioni
  1. made me
  2. was/were allowed
  3. let me
  4. made me
  5. are not allowed to
Livello A2-B1 Altre preposizioni di tempo

Completa i due dialoghi con le seguenti preposizioni di tempo.

in • before • from... to • between • until • over (x2) • by (x2) • for • on

Dialogo A

A. I am planning to go to London.

B. When are you going?

A. ................................................ June and August. I must decide ................................................ next week.

B. Are you attending English courses there?

A. Yes, I want to book morning classes ................................................ 9 ................................................ 12 am.

B. Who are you going with?

A. With my friend William. He’s staying with me ................................................... the next few days to plan the trip.

Dialogo B

A. My cousin is coming ................................................ a few days’ time.

B. How long is he staying?

A. ................................................ two days ................................................ Sunday afternoon. ................................................ dinner time he wants to be back home. Why don’t you join us ................................................ Saturday afternoon?

B. Sorry. But I need to study hard for my exam ................................................ the weekend. ................................................ mid July I can’t afford any free time.

in • before • from... to • between • until • over (x2) • by (x2) • for • on

Dialogo A

A. I am planning to go to London.

B. When are you going?

A. ................................................ June and August. I must decide ................................................ next week.

B. Are you attending English courses there?

A. Yes, I want to book morning classes ................................................ 9 ................................................ 12 am.

B. Who are you going with?

A. With my friend William. He’s staying with me ................................................... the next few days to plan the trip.

Dialogo B

A. My cousin is coming ................................................ a few days’ time.

B. How long is he staying?

A. ................................................ two days ................................................ Sunday afternoon. ................................................ dinner time he wants to be back home. Why don’t you join us ................................................ Saturday afternoon?

B. Sorry. But I need to study hard for my exam ................................................ the weekend. ................................................ mid July I can’t afford any free time.

Soluzioni

Dialogo A

A. I am planning to go to London.

B. When are you going?

A. Between June and August. I must decide by next week.

B. Are you attending English courses there?

A. Yes, I want to book morning classes from 9 to 12 am.

B. Who are you going with?

A. With my friend William. He’s staying with me over the next few days to plan the trip.

Dialogo B

A. My cousin is coming in a few days’ time.

B. How long is he staying?

A. For two days until Sunday afternoon. By dinner time he wants to be back home. Why don’t you join us on Saturday afternoon?

B. Sorry. But I need to study hard for my exam over the weekend. Before mid July I can’t afford any free time.

Livello B1 Il futuro con: will, to be going to

Completa i mini dialoghi con l’uso di will oppure to be going to seguiti dai verbi dati. Usa forme contratte quando possibile.

have • do (x2) • spend • buy • pass • be like • go • save • get • rain • help • rent • get

  1. A: What will the weather be like tomorrow?
    B: The weather forecast says it ......................................... but we hope we ................................ a sunny weekend.
  2. A: We ........................................... our holidays in Italy.
    Oh, lucky you. I ........................................... some money this year because I think I ........................................... a new car in autumn.
  3. A: I’ve got a terrible headache.
    B: Have you? I ........................................... you an aspirin.
    A: Oh, thanks, it ........................................... me.
  4. A: Did you buy the eggs?
    B: Oh, sorry, I completely forgot. I ........................................... and ........................................... them now.
  5. A: What ........................................... you ........................................... next summer?
    B: I think we ........................................... a camper van for a tour of the USA.
  6. A: Do you think he ........................................... the test?
    B: Yes, and I’m sure he ........................................... very well. He has studied very hard.

have • do (x2) • spend • buy • pass • be like • go • save • get • rain • help • rent • get

  1. A: What will the weather be like tomorrow?
    B: The weather forecast says it ......................................... but we hope we ................................ a sunny weekend.
  2. A: We ........................................... our holidays in Italy.
    Oh, lucky you. I ........................................... some money this year because I think I ........................................... a new car in autumn.
  3. A: I’ve got a terrible headache.
    B: Have you? I ........................................... you an aspirin.
    A: Oh, thanks, it ........................................... me.
  4. A: Did you buy the eggs?
    B: Oh, sorry, I completely forgot. I ........................................... and ........................................... them now.
  5. A: What ........................................... you ........................................... next summer?
    B: I think we ........................................... a camper van for a tour of the USA.
  6. A: Do you think he ........................................... the test?
    B: Yes, and I’m sure he ........................................... very well. He has studied very hard.
Soluzioni
  1. A: What will the weather be like tomorrow?
    B: The weather forecast says it ’ll rain but we hope we ’ll have a sunny weekend.
  2. A: We are going to spend our holidays in Italy.
    Oh, lucky you. I’m going to save some money this year because I think I’ll buy a new car in autumn.
  3. A: I’ve got a terrible headache.
    B: Have you? I’ll get you an aspirin.
    A: Oh, thanks, it’ll help me.
  4. A: Did you buy the eggs?
    B: Oh, sorry, I completely forgot. I’ll go and get them now.
  5. A: What are you going to do next summer?
    B: I think we’ll rent a camper van for a tour of the USA.
  6. A: Do you think he’ll pass the test?
    B: Yes, and I’m sure he’ll do very well. He has studied very hard.
Livello B2-C1 Forma passiva standard

Completa I proverbi con la forma passiva dei verbi dati tra parentesi.

1. Children should .................................... (see) and not heard.

2. Rome ........................... not .................................... (build) in a day.

3. Fingers .................................... (make) before forks.

4. What’s ............................... (do) cannot .............................. (undo).

5. A door must either .................................... (shut) or open.

6. A liar ....................... not ................................ (believe) when he tells the truth.

1. Children should .................................... (see) and not heard.

2. Rome ........................... not .................................... (build) in a day.

3. Fingers .................................... (make) before forks.

4. What’s ............................... (do) cannot .............................. (undo).

5. A door must either .................................... (shut) or open.

6. A liar ....................... not ................................ (believe) when he tells the truth.

Soluzioni
  1. be seen
  2. was built
  3. were made
  4. done - be undone
  5. be shut
  6. is not believed
Livello A2 Verbo To Be: espressioni idiomatiche

Completa i seguenti mini dialoghi con l’uso del verbo to be. Usa forme contratte quando possibile.

Esempio:
“They aren’t at work today. Are they ill?”
“Yes, they are.”

  1. “Hello, Peter. How .................................. you today?”
    “I ............................. fine but my mother ........................ in bed with the flu.”
  2. “How much .................................. the trousers in the window?”
    “They ............................ 15 euro.”
    “They ............................................... (not) expensive (costoso)!”
  3. “What .................................. your father’s job?”
    “He .................................. a taxi driver and my mother .................................. a teacher.”
  4. “What time .................................. it, please?”
    “It .................................. 8 o’clock.”
    “............................... you late for work?”
    No, I .................................. on time. (in orario)
  5. “What .................................. the weather like in Sicily?”
    “It .................................. sunny but it ................ .................. (not) hot.”
  6. “How old .................................. your grandmother, Paul?”
    “She .................................. nearly 80 and .................................. very well. Next Sunday it .................................. her birthday.”
  7. “Paul .................................. often in London for work.” “
    What .................................. his job?”
    “He .................................. a technician.”
  8. “How much .................................. a bus ticket to the city centre?”
    “It .................................. 2 euro.”
    “.................................. it expensive?”
    “No, it ....................................................”

Esempio:
“They aren’t at work today. Are they ill?”
“Yes, they are.”

  1. “Hello, Peter. How .................................. you today?”
    “I ............................. fine but my mother ........................ in bed with the flu.”
  2. “How much .................................. the trousers in the window?”
    “They ............................ 15 euro.”
    “They ............................................... (not) expensive (costoso)!”
  3. “What .................................. your father’s job?”
    “He .................................. a taxi driver and my mother .................................. a teacher.”
  4. “What time .................................. it, please?”
    “It .................................. 8 o’clock.”
    “............................... you late for work?”
    No, I .................................. on time. (in orario)
  5. “What .................................. the weather like in Sicily?”
    “It .................................. sunny but it ................ .................. (not) hot.”
  6. “How old .................................. your grandmother, Paul?”
    “She .................................. nearly 80 and .................................. very well. Next Sunday it .................................. her birthday.”
  7. “Paul .................................. often in London for work.” “
    What .................................. his job?”
    “He .................................. a technician.”
  8. “How much .................................. a bus ticket to the city centre?”
    “It .................................. 2 euro.”
    “.................................. it expensive?”
    “No, it ....................................................”
Soluzioni
  1. “Hello, Peter. How are you today?”
    “I'm fine but my mother's in bed with the flu.”
  2. “How much are the trousers in the window?”
    “They're 15 euro.”
    “They aren't (not) expensive (costoso)!”
  3. “What's your father’s job?”
    “He's a taxi driver and my mother's a teacher.”
  4. “What time is it, please?”
    “It's 8 o’clock.”
    Are you late for work?”
    No, I'm on time. (in orario)
  5. “What's the weather like in Sicily?”
    “It's sunny but it isn't (not) hot.”
  6. “How old is your grandmother, Paul?”
    “She's nearly 80 and is very well. Next Sunday it's her birthday.”
  7. “Paul's often in London for work.” “
    What's his job?”
    “He's a technician.”
  8. “How much is a bus ticket to the city centre?”
    “It's 2 euro.”
    Is it expensive?”
    “No, it isn't.”
Livello A2-B1 Composti di some, any, no, every

Completa il brano con i composti di some, any, no e every.

An unpleasant surprise

One hot evening in August I came back home quite late and noticed (1) ...................................... strange. The front door was open, but I couldn’t see (2) .............................. because it was very dark. I didn’t know what to do: ask (3) ....................................... for help or go inside. I decided to call the police, but my mobile wasn’t (4) ................................................. in my bag. I then remembered it was (5) ........................................... in the car. I was looking in the car when (6) ............................................ turned the light on in the sitting room. I started to panic, then suddenly my phone rang. It was my husband. “Come back quickly!” I shouted, “I think (7) ................................ is in our house stealing things!” “There isn’t (8) ........................................ stealing in our house! I’m here in the sitting room calling you”, he replied. “Calm down, there’s (9) .......................................... to worry about here!”. “I thought you were still (10) ................................................. in town celebrating your friend’s birthday”, I said. “Yes, I was, but it was so hot that I came back early. I looked for our old electric fan but couldn’t find it (11) ..............................................................., so I left the front door open to let some air in! Is (12) ............................................. OK now?”

An unpleasant surprise

One hot evening in August I came back home quite late and noticed (1) ...................................... strange. The front door was open, but I couldn’t see (2) .............................. because it was very dark. I didn’t know what to do: ask (3) ....................................... for help or go inside. I decided to call the police, but my mobile wasn’t (4) ................................................. in my bag. I then remembered it was (5) ........................................... in the car. I was looking in the car when (6) ............................................ turned the light on in the sitting room. I started to panic, then suddenly my phone rang. It was my husband. “Come back quickly!” I shouted, “I think (7) ................................ is in our house stealing things!” “There isn’t (8) ........................................ stealing in our house! I’m here in the sitting room calling you”, he replied. “Calm down, there’s (9) .......................................... to worry about here!”. “I thought you were still (10) ................................................. in town celebrating your friend’s birthday”, I said. “Yes, I was, but it was so hot that I came back early. I looked for our old electric fan but couldn’t find it (11) ..............................................................., so I left the front door open to let some air in! Is (12) ............................................. OK now?”

Soluzioni

One hot evening in August I came back home quite late and noticed (1) something strange. The front door was open, but I couldn’t see (2) anything because it was very dark. I didn’t know what to do: ask (3) someone/somebody for help or go inside. I decided to call the police, but my mobile wasn’t (4) anywhere in my bag. I then remembered it was (5) somewhere in the car. I was looking in the car when (6) someone/somebody turned the light on in the sitting room. I started to panic, then suddenly my phone rang. It was my husband. “Come back quickly!” I shouted, “I think (7) someone/somebody is in our house stealing things!” “There isn’t (8) anyone/anybody stealing in our house! I’m here in the sitting room calling you”, he replied. “Calm down, there’s (9) nothing to worry about here!”. “I thought you were still (10) somewhere in town celebrating your friend’s birthday”, I said. “Yes, I was, but it was so hot that I came back early. I looked for our old electric fan but couldn’t find it (11) anywhere, so I left the front door open to let some air in! Is (12) everything OK now?”

Livello A2-B1 Past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari (2)

Completa il brano con il past simple dei verbi tra parentesi.

An uncommon mistake

Yesterday morning I (1) .................................... (wake) up and (2) .................................. (look) at the clock. It (3) ...................................... (be) 9 a.m. and I (4) ...................................... (be) late for work. I (5) ......................................... (jump) out of bed, (6) ......................................... (run) into the bathroom, (7) ................................................. (take) off my pyjamas and (8) .............................................. (have) a shower. I (9) ......................................... (put) my clothes on and (10) ......................................... (brush) my hair. I (11) ......................................... (not make) my bed, and (12) .......................................... (hurry) downstairs. I (13) ....................................... (not have) breakfast as usual, I only (14) ....................................... (drink) some coffee and (15) ................................ (eat) a biscuit. After that I (16) ............................................... (get) my coat and (17) ............................................... (leave) the house. Right then I (18) ......................................... (meet) the newspaper boy, who (19) ......................................... (give) me my Sunday newspaper. I suddenly (20) ......................................... (realise) it (21) ......................................... (be) Sunday and I (22) ......................................... (not have) to go to work!

An uncommon mistake

Yesterday morning I (1) .................................... (wake) up and (2) .................................. (look) at the clock. It (3) ...................................... (be) 9 a.m. and I (4) ...................................... (be) late for work. I (5) ......................................... (jump) out of bed, (6) ......................................... (run) into the bathroom, (7) ................................................. (take) off my pyjamas and (8) .............................................. (have) a shower. I (9) ......................................... (put) my clothes on and (10) ......................................... (brush) my hair. I (11) ......................................... (not make) my bed, and (12) .......................................... (hurry) downstairs. I (13) ....................................... (not have) breakfast as usual, I only (14) ....................................... (drink) some coffee and (15) ................................ (eat) a biscuit. After that I (16) ............................................... (get) my coat and (17) ............................................... (leave) the house. Right then I (18) ......................................... (meet) the newspaper boy, who (19) ......................................... (give) me my Sunday newspaper. I suddenly (20) ......................................... (realise) it (21) ......................................... (be) Sunday and I (22) ......................................... (not have) to go to work!

Soluzioni
  1. woke
  2. looked
  3. was
  4. was
  5. jumped
  6. ran
  7. took
  8. had
  9. put
  10. brushed
  11. did not make
  12. hurried
  13. did not have
  14. drank
  15. ate
  16. got
  17. left
  18. met
  19. gave
  20. realised
  21. was
  22. did not have
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous

Completa il brano con il present continuous dei verbi tra parentesi. Poi, nell’esercizio che segue, formula domande (Q = questions) o risposte (A = answers) inerenti al testo.

Mary's new life

Mary (1) ............................................ (try) to change her life. She (2) ........................................................... (look for) a new job, so she (3) .............................. (send) applications to several firms. When she (4) ........................................................ (not look) for a job, she is reading and writing. Because she (5) ........................................................ (not work) at the moment, she has got spare time. Right now she (6) ........................................................ (go out) for a walk with her dog. Today the weather is fine and the sun (7) ........................................................ (shine). Mary is happy because she (8) ........................................................ (have) her first job interview next Monday. She hopes it will be successful.

 

Q1: Is Mary satisfied with her life?
A1: No, she ............................................................ .
Q2: What is ............................................................ to do?
A2: ............................................................ to change her life.
Q3: What is she looking for?
A3: ............................................................ for a new job.
Q4: What ............................................................ to several firms?
A4: She ............................................................ applications.
Q5: Why has she got spare time?
A5: Because ............................................................ at the moment.
Q6: What ............................................................ she ........................................... right now?
A6: She ............................................................ for a walk .......................... ..... ............................. dog.
Q7: What’s ............................................................ like today?
A7: It’s fine, the ............................................................ shining.
Q8: When ............................................................ her first interview?
A8: Next Monday.

Mary's new life

Mary (1) ............................................ (try) to change her life. She (2) ........................................................... (look for) a new job, so she (3) .............................. (send) applications to several firms. When she (4) ........................................................ (not look) for a job, she is reading and writing. Because she (5) ........................................................ (not work) at the moment, she has got spare time. Right now she (6) ........................................................ (go out) for a walk with her dog. Today the weather is fine and the sun (7) ........................................................ (shine). Mary is happy because she (8) ........................................................ (have) her first job interview next Monday. She hopes it will be successful.

 

Q1: Is Mary satisfied with her life?
A1: No, she ............................................................ .
Q2: What is ............................................................ to do?
A2: ............................................................ to change her life.
Q3: What is she looking for?
A3: ............................................................ for a new job.
Q4: What ............................................................ to several firms?
A4: She ............................................................ applications.
Q5: Why has she got spare time?
A5: Because ............................................................ at the moment.
Q6: What ............................................................ she ........................................... right now?
A6: She ............................................................ for a walk .......................... ..... ............................. dog.
Q7: What’s ............................................................ like today?
A7: It’s fine, the ............................................................ shining.
Q8: When ............................................................ her first interview?
A8: Next Monday.

Soluzioni

Mary (1) is trying (try) to change her life. She (2) is looking for (look for) a new job, so she (3) is sending (send) applications to several firms. When she (4) is not looking (not look) for a job, she is reading and writing. Because she (5) isn't working (not work) at the moment, she has got spare time. Right now she (6) is going out (go out) for a walk with her dog. Today the weather is fine and the sun (7) is shining (shine). Mary is happy because she (8) 's having (have) her first job interview next Monday. She hopes it will be successful.

 

Q1: Is Mary satisfied with her life?
A1: No, she isn't.
Q2: What is she trying to do?
A2: She's trying to change her life.
Q3: What is she looking for?
A3: She's looking for a new job.
Q4: What is she sending to several firms?
A4: She is sending applications.
Q5: Why has she got spare time?
A5: Because she is not working at the moment.
Q6: What is she doing right now?
A6: She 's going out for a walk with her dog.
Q7: What’s the weather like today?
A7: It’s fine, the sun is shining.
Q8: When is she having her first interview?
A8: Next Monday.

Livello A2-B1 Past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari (1)

Completa il brano con la forma affermativa al past simple dei seguenti verbi irregolari.

speak • spend • fly • be (x2) • do • make • have • go • take • choose • hear • buy • see • meet • tell • write

A pleasant holiday in New York
Last year I (1) ............................................. ten days in New York with my best friend. We (2) ............................................. from Rome at the end of June. It (3) .................................................... a very pleasant holiday; we (4) ..................................................... a lot of interesting things, and also (5) ............................................... some new friends. Every morning we (6) ................................................. a huge breakfast at the hotel, then we (7) ....................................... out to explore the town. On our first day, we (8) ............................... Midtown and Upper Manhattan. During the following days, we (9) .................................................................. to go on a guided tour in Lower Manhattan. When we (10) ..................................... at Ground Zero, the guide (11) ............................................. us some sad stories about the tragedy of September 11, 2001. We also (12) ......................................... the boat to Liberty Island. There we (13) ............................................. some young Japanese tourists, who (14) .................................. excellent English. On Ellis Island we (15) ....................................... some facts about the history of immigration to the USA. There we (16) ............................................. some postcards, and (17) ............................................. souvenirs for our families and friends.

speak • spend • fly • be (x2) • do • make • have • go • take • choose • hear • buy • see • meet • tell • write

A pleasant holiday in New York
Last year I (1) ............................................. ten days in New York with my best friend. We (2) ............................................. from Rome at the end of June. It (3) .................................................... a very pleasant holiday; we (4) ..................................................... a lot of interesting things, and also (5) ............................................... some new friends. Every morning we (6) ................................................. a huge breakfast at the hotel, then we (7) ....................................... out to explore the town. On our first day, we (8) ............................... Midtown and Upper Manhattan. During the following days, we (9) .................................................................. to go on a guided tour in Lower Manhattan. When we (10) ..................................... at Ground Zero, the guide (11) ............................................. us some sad stories about the tragedy of September 11, 2001. We also (12) ......................................... the boat to Liberty Island. There we (13) ............................................. some young Japanese tourists, who (14) .................................. excellent English. On Ellis Island we (15) ....................................... some facts about the history of immigration to the USA. There we (16) ............................................. some postcards, and (17) ............................................. souvenirs for our families and friends.

Soluzioni
  1. spent
  2. flew
  3. was
  4. did
  5. made
  6. had
  7. went
  8. saw
  9. chose
  10. were
  11. told
  12. took
  13. met
  14. spoke
  15. heard
  16. wrote
  17. bought
Livello A2-B1 Past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari (1)

Completa il brano con la forma affermativa al past simple dei seguenti verbi regolari dati in ordine sparso.

study • arrive • attend • introduce • work • marry • live • play • want • look • decide • travel • stay • stop • start

Mike’s adventurous life
In the 2000s, my brother Mike and I (1) .................................... in a small flat in London. I (2) .......................................... at university. Mike (3) ................................. guitar lessons in the morning. He (4) .................................................. as a waiter in a pub at weekends, and also (5) ............................................. in a football team. He (6) .................................................. to become a guitar player. After leaving school, I (7) ...................................... for a job as a teacher, and luckily I soon (8) .................................... to work in a private school. Mike (9) ................................. playing football, attending music lessons, and (10) ............................................. to change his life and be more adventurous. He (11) ............................................................ around the world and when he (12) ............................................. in Australia he (13) ............................................. with our cousin Robert, who (14) ............................................. him to Mary, the Australian girl that he (15) ............................................. a few months later.

study • arrive • attend • introduce • work • marry • live • play • want • look • decide • travel • stay • stop • start

Mike’s adventurous life
In the 2000s, my brother Mike and I (1) .................................... in a small flat in London. I (2) .......................................... at university. Mike (3) ................................. guitar lessons in the morning. He (4) .................................................. as a waiter in a pub at weekends, and also (5) ............................................. in a football team. He (6) .................................................. to become a guitar player. After leaving school, I (7) ...................................... for a job as a teacher, and luckily I soon (8) .................................... to work in a private school. Mike (9) ................................. playing football, attending music lessons, and (10) ............................................. to change his life and be more adventurous. He (11) ............................................................ around the world and when he (12) ............................................. in Australia he (13) ............................................. with our cousin Robert, who (14) ............................................. him to Mary, the Australian girl that he (15) ............................................. a few months later.

Soluzioni
  1. lived
  2. studied
  3. attended
  4. worked
  5. played
  6. wanted
  7. looked
  8. started
  9. stopped
  10. decided
  11. travelled
  12. arrived
  13. stayed
  14. introduced
  15. married
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di tempo: at, in, on, Preposizioni di luogo (1)

Completa il brano inserendo le parole date e/o la preposizione di luogo o di tempo necessaria.

Britain • kiosks • cigarettes • stamps • country • shops • cities • Saturdays • newspapers

Shopping times and places in Britain

Once you are .................................................................................... remember that shopping times and places are not the same as ............................................ your ............................................. In Britain you don’t find ..................................... where you buy ..................................... or magazines. If you want to buy them, look for newsagents. ........................................... these shops they sell ............................................ and sometimes food. Nowadays you can also find these things ............................................ petrol stations. A large number of ............................................ are open ............................................ 9 a.m. ............................................ 5:30 p.m. and are closed ............................................ Sundays. ............................................ big ............................................ some supermarkets and petrol stations stay open late ............................... the evening and also ............................................ night. Post offices open from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. every day except ............................................. You can also buy .............................. for your postcards ............................... the newsagent’s, the supermarket and the petrol station.

Britain • kiosks • cigarettes • stamps • country • shops • cities • Saturdays • newspapers

Shopping times and places in Britain

Once you are .................................................................................... remember that shopping times and places are not the same as ............................................ your ............................................. In Britain you don’t find ..................................... where you buy ..................................... or magazines. If you want to buy them, look for newsagents. ........................................... these shops they sell ............................................ and sometimes food. Nowadays you can also find these things ............................................ petrol stations. A large number of ............................................ are open ............................................ 9 a.m. ............................................ 5:30 p.m. and are closed ............................................ Sundays. ............................................ big ............................................ some supermarkets and petrol stations stay open late ............................... the evening and also ............................................ night. Post offices open from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. every day except ............................................. You can also buy .............................. for your postcards ............................... the newsagent’s, the supermarket and the petrol station.

Soluzioni

Once you are in Britain remember that shopping times and places are not the same as in your country In Britain you don’t find kiosks where you buy newspapers or magazines. If you want to buy them, look for newsagents. In these shops they sell cigarettes and sometimes food. Nowadays you can also find these things at petrol stations. A large number of shops are open from 9 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. and are closed on Sundays. In big cities some supermarkets and petrol stations stay open late in the evening and also at night. Post offices open from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. every day except Saturdays. You can also buy stamps for your postcards at the newsagent’s, the supermarket and the petrol station.

Livello B1-B2 Can, could, may, might/to be able to

Completa il brano su Robinson Crusoe con le espressioni date di seguito.

could serve • was able to solve • was able to find • couldn’t sleep • could help • might die • might keep • was able to make • might happen • could not speak • were able to understand

Robinson Crusoe
Robinson Crusoe was the only person to survive a shipwreck. He (1) ....................................................................... many problems. He was able to build a little hut, which (2) ..................................................................... as his new house and hopefully (3) ....................................................................... him dry. He also had to search for food because without enough nutrition he (4) ........................................................................ After searching, he (5) ............................................................................. clean water and trees with lots of fruit. Little by little he (6) ............................................................. different types of weapons, which (7) ..................................................................... him catch wild animals and fish. One day he noticed some footprints in the sand. He was very surprised and (8) .......................................................... much the following night. He was afraid of what (9) ............................................................. in the following days, so he took his weapons with him and went to look for the person. He found a savage who (10) .................................................... his language. Robinson started to call him “Friday”, which was the day on which he had met him. Eventually the two men (11) .......................................... each other and survive on the island.

could serve • was able to solve • was able to find • couldn’t sleep • could help • might die • might keep • was able to make • might happen • could not speak • were able to understand

Robinson Crusoe
Robinson Crusoe was the only person to survive a shipwreck. He (1) ....................................................................... many problems. He was able to build a little hut, which (2) ..................................................................... as his new house and hopefully (3) ....................................................................... him dry. He also had to search for food because without enough nutrition he (4) ........................................................................ After searching, he (5) ............................................................................. clean water and trees with lots of fruit. Little by little he (6) ............................................................. different types of weapons, which (7) ..................................................................... him catch wild animals and fish. One day he noticed some footprints in the sand. He was very surprised and (8) .......................................................... much the following night. He was afraid of what (9) ............................................................. in the following days, so he took his weapons with him and went to look for the person. He found a savage who (10) .................................................... his language. Robinson started to call him “Friday”, which was the day on which he had met him. Eventually the two men (11) .......................................... each other and survive on the island.

Soluzioni
  1. was able to solve
  2. could serve
  3. might keep
  4. might die
  5. was able to find
  6. was able to make
  7. could help
  8. couldn’t sleep
  9. might happen
  10. could not speak
  11. were able to understand
Livello A2-B1 Past continuous

Completa il breve racconto usando il past simple o il past continuous dei verbi tra parentesi.

A frightening return home

Last week while we (1) ................................ (go) home, we (2) .............................................. (see) some of our neighbours running out of their houses. We (3) ............................................ (ask) them what was happening, and they (4) ............................................. (tell) us the police (5) .............................................. (chase) a criminal who (6) .............................................. (hide) in our block of flats. At that point the police (7) ............................................... (decide) to use tear gas (lacrimogeno) inside the building, so they asked the other people in the building to leave. While the rest of the residents (8) .................................... (leave) their flats, the criminal (9) ................................... (start) to climb up the balconies, (10) .......................................... (try) to get to the roof. A police helicopter (11) ........................................ (land) on the roof of the building and the officers inside (12) ............................................ (shout) at him to surrender (arrendersi). He realised there was nowhere to go so they (13) .............................................. (arrest) him.

A frightening return home

Last week while we (1) ................................ (go) home, we (2) .............................................. (see) some of our neighbours running out of their houses. We (3) ............................................ (ask) them what was happening, and they (4) ............................................. (tell) us the police (5) .............................................. (chase) a criminal who (6) .............................................. (hide) in our block of flats. At that point the police (7) ............................................... (decide) to use tear gas (lacrimogeno) inside the building, so they asked the other people in the building to leave. While the rest of the residents (8) .................................... (leave) their flats, the criminal (9) ................................... (start) to climb up the balconies, (10) .......................................... (try) to get to the roof. A police helicopter (11) ........................................ (land) on the roof of the building and the officers inside (12) ............................................ (shout) at him to surrender (arrendersi). He realised there was nowhere to go so they (13) .............................................. (arrest) him.

Soluzioni

A frightening return home

Last week while we (1) were going (go) home, we (2) saw (see) some of our neighbours running out of their houses. We (3) asked (ask) them what was happening, and they (4) told (tell) us the police (5) were chasing (chase) a criminal who (6) was hiding (hide) in our block of flats. At that point the police (7) decided (decide) to use tear gas (lacrimogeno) inside the building, so they asked the other people in the building to leave. While the rest of the residents (8) were leaving (leave) their flats, the criminal (9) started (start) to climb up the balconies, (10) trying (try) to get to the roof. A police helicopter (11) landed (land) on the roof of the building and the officers inside (12) shouted (shout) at him to surrender (arrendersi). He realised there was nowhere to go so they (13) arrested (arrest) him.

Livello B1-B2 Comprensione del testo, Piccole quantità indefinite (aggettivi e avverbi), Grandi quantità indefinite

Completa il dialogo con le frasi proposte.

  1. Lucky you! Malta in June! I had a really good holiday there a few years ago, but it was a bit too hot for me in August.
  2. Wonderful! It’s warm enough to swim and cool enough to walk around.
  3. There are lots of modern buses that take you to all parts of the island.
  4. Well, I remember there were a few good pubs where it’s easy to meet people, and the restaurants are quite good.
  5. I’d love to go but I’ve got too much to do and not enough time or money at the moment.

 

Eric: I’m going to a conference in Malta next week, all expenses paid.

Jenny: ..................................................................................................................................................

Eric: Oh, really? What’s the weather like at this time of year?

Jenny: ..................................................................................................................................................

Eric: How did you get around the island?

Jenny: ..................................................................................................................................................

Eric: Is there much to do in the evening?

Jenny: ..................................................................................................................................................

Eric: Why don’t you come with me?

Jenny: ..................................................................................................................................................

  1. Lucky you! Malta in June! I had a really good holiday there a few years ago, but it was a bit too hot for me in August.
  2. Wonderful! It’s warm enough to swim and cool enough to walk around.
  3. There are lots of modern buses that take you to all parts of the island.
  4. Well, I remember there were a few good pubs where it’s easy to meet people, and the restaurants are quite good.
  5. I’d love to go but I’ve got too much to do and not enough time or money at the moment.

 

Eric: I’m going to a conference in Malta next week, all expenses paid.

Jenny: ..................................................................................................................................................

Eric: Oh, really? What’s the weather like at this time of year?

Jenny: ..................................................................................................................................................

Eric: How did you get around the island?

Jenny: ..................................................................................................................................................

Eric: Is there much to do in the evening?

Jenny: ..................................................................................................................................................

Eric: Why don’t you come with me?

Jenny: ..................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

Eric: I’m going to a conference in Malta next week, all expenses paid.

Jenny: Lucky you! Malta in June! I had a really good holiday there a few years ago, but it was a bit too hot for me in August.

Eric: Oh, really? What’s the weather like at this time of year?

Jenny: Wonderful! It’s warm enough to swim and cool enough to walk around.

Eric: How did you get around the island?

Jenny: There are lots of modern buses that take you to all parts of the island.

Eric: Is there much to do in the evening?

Jenny: Well, I remember there were a few good pubs where it’s easy to meet people, and the restaurants are quite good.
Eric: Why don’t you come with me?

Jenny: I’d love to go but I’ve got too much to do and not enough time or money at the moment.

Livello B1-B2 Piccole quantità indefinite (aggettivi e avverbi)

Completa il dialogo tra due amici che parlano di una cena in un nuovo ristorante.

Sean: Hi, Louise. You look a (1) ................................................ pale this morning. Did you have a late night out?

Louise: You can say that! I went out for a meal to that new restaurant that opened in the main square.

Sean: Oh yes. (2) ............................. friends have been talking about it. But I haven’t been yet. With my new job I don’t have (3) ...................................... free time. Was it good?

Louise: Well. First of all, we had trouble finding where to park the car because there was (4) ........................................................... space outside the restaurant, so we had to walk. When we got into the restaurant, they hadn’t taken the reservation we made on the phone, so they gave us a table next to the kitchen door. It is quite a small place, so they have very (5) ................................................ tables.

Sean: What was the food like though?

Louise: I ordered steak and vegetables. But what I got on my plate was very (6) ...................................................... meat and just a few tomatoes. My boyfriend didn’t have (7) .................................................................. to eat, because there was (8) ................................................ he liked on the menu. You know, being a vegetarian can be quite limiting. But he had (9) ................................................ of my dessert… and (10) ................................................ wine.

Sean: Hi, Louise. You look a (1) ................................................ pale this morning. Did you have a late night out?

Louise: You can say that! I went out for a meal to that new restaurant that opened in the main square.

Sean: Oh yes. (2) ............................. friends have been talking about it. But I haven’t been yet. With my new job I don’t have (3) ...................................... free time. Was it good?

Louise: Well. First of all, we had trouble finding where to park the car because there was (4) ........................................................... space outside the restaurant, so we had to walk. When we got into the restaurant, they hadn’t taken the reservation we made on the phone, so they gave us a table next to the kitchen door. It is quite a small place, so they have very (5) ................................................ tables.

Sean: What was the food like though?

Louise: I ordered steak and vegetables. But what I got on my plate was very (6) ...................................................... meat and just a few tomatoes. My boyfriend didn’t have (7) .................................................................. to eat, because there was (8) ................................................ he liked on the menu. You know, being a vegetarian can be quite limiting. But he had (9) ................................................ of my dessert… and (10) ................................................ wine.

Soluzioni
  1. bit
  2. A few
  3. much
  4. little
  5. few
  6. little
  7. much
  8. little
  9. some
  10. a lot of
Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)

Completa il messaggio che Emily scrive alla sua amica Olivia di Londra. Usa la forma contratta del verbo to be quando possibile.

Dear Olivia,

How (1) .................................. you? I (2) .................................. happy here in Naples. My family and I (3) .................................. here for three days. My father (4) .................................. here on business, but my mother and I (5) .................................. here to visit the city. It (6) .................................. an interesting place, the people (7) .................................. nice and friendly and the pizza (8) .................................. delicious here! Shops (9) .................................. (not) expensive (costoso). The hotel (10) ............................. good but it (11) .......................................... (not) near the centre. It (12) .................................. a short holiday but it (13) .................................. nice to be here and I (14) .................................. sorry you (15) ............................................ (not) with me.

Lots of Love,

Brenda

Dear Olivia,

How (1) .................................. you? I (2) .................................. happy here in Naples. My family and I (3) .................................. here for three days. My father (4) .................................. here on business, but my mother and I (5) .................................. here to visit the city. It (6) .................................. an interesting place, the people (7) .................................. nice and friendly and the pizza (8) .................................. delicious here! Shops (9) .................................. (not) expensive (costoso). The hotel (10) ............................. good but it (11) .......................................... (not) near the centre. It (12) .................................. a short holiday but it (13) .................................. nice to be here and I (14) .................................. sorry you (15) ............................................ (not) with me.

Lots of Love,

Brenda

Soluzioni

Dear Olivia,

How (1) are you? I (2) 'm happy here in Naples. My family and I (3) are here for three days. My father (4) 's here on business, but my mother and I (5) are here to visit the city. It (6) 's. an interesting place, the people (7) are nice and friendly and the pizza (8) 's delicious here! Shops (9) aren't (not) expensive (costoso). The hotel (10) 's good but it (11) isn't (not) near the centre. It (12) 's a short holiday but it (13) 's nice to be here and I (14) 'm sorry you (15) aren't (not) with me.

Lots of Love,

Brenda

Livello A2-B1 Present simple

Completa il seguente brano sulle abitudini di Paul. Usa la forma corretta dei verbi elencati.

have lunch - get dressed - start lessons - have/take a shower - wake up - go back home - watch TV - go to school - leave home - have breakfast - have dinner - do homework - take a walk - read a book - listen to music

Paul’s daily routine

Paul (1) ............................................... at half past six in the morning. After getting up he (2) .............................................................. and then he (3) .............................................................. . He (4) ......................................................... coffee and a piece of toast for breakfast. He (5) .............................................................. home at eight o’clock. He (6) .............................................................. to school by bus. Lessons (7) ................................................. at half past eight. He (8) ...................................................... lunch at one o’clock in the school canteen. At four o’clock in the afternoon he (9) ...................................................... back home. He (10) .............................. ............................ a walk with his dog and then he (11) .............................................................. his homework. At eight o’clock he (12) ...................................................... dinner with his family and then he (13) .......................................................... TV or (14) .............................................................. to music. Before going to sleep he (15) .............................................................. a book.

have lunch - get dressed - start lessons - have/take a shower - wake up - go back home - watch TV - go to school - leave home - have breakfast - have dinner - do homework - take a walk - read a book - listen to music

Paul’s daily routine

Paul (1) ............................................... at half past six in the morning. After getting up he (2) .............................................................. and then he (3) .............................................................. . He (4) ......................................................... coffee and a piece of toast for breakfast. He (5) .............................................................. home at eight o’clock. He (6) .............................................................. to school by bus. Lessons (7) ................................................. at half past eight. He (8) ...................................................... lunch at one o’clock in the school canteen. At four o’clock in the afternoon he (9) ...................................................... back home. He (10) .............................. ............................ a walk with his dog and then he (11) .............................................................. his homework. At eight o’clock he (12) ...................................................... dinner with his family and then he (13) .......................................................... TV or (14) .............................................................. to music. Before going to sleep he (15) .............................................................. a book.

Soluzioni

Paul (1) wakes up at half past six in the morning. After getting up he (2) has a shower and then he (3) gets dressed. He (4) has coffee and a piece of toast for breakfast. He (5) leaves home at eight o’clock. He (6) goes to school by bus. Lessons (7) start at half past eight. He (8) has lunch at one o’clock in the school canteen. At four o’clock in the afternoon he (9) goes back home. He (10) takes a walk with his dog and then he (11) does his homework. At eight o’clock he (12) has dinner with his family and then he (13) watches TV or (14) listens to music. Before going to sleep he (15) reads a book.

Livello A2-B1 Articolo determinativo the (2)

Completa il seguente brano utilizzando le informazioni date e inserendo l’articolo the dove necessario. Usa l’atlante in caso di dubbio.

Mediterranean Sea • Arno • Padan Plain • Gran Sasso • France • Adriatic Sea • Tremiti Islands • Italian • Alps • Lake Garda • German • Sardinian Sea • Egadi Islands

Geographic profile of Italy
Italy is a boot-shaped peninsula in (1) ........................................................... bordering with (2) .................................................... in the northwest, Switzerland and Austria in the north and Slovenia in the north-east. It is surrounded by (3) ......................................... Ligurian Sea, (4) ........................................ and (5) ........................................ Tyrrhenian Sea in the west, the Sicilian Sea and the Ionian Sea in the south and (6) ........................................... in the east. Italy’s official language is (7) ........................................... which is spoken by most of its population, but there are also minority languages such as (8) ..........................................., French, Slovene and Ladin. The landscape in Italy is varied, and is characterised by two mountain chains: (9) .................................... and (10) ............................ Apennines. At the foot of the Alps there is (11) ............................., an extensive flat area crossed by (12) .............................. River Po. The Alpine hills are rich in beautiful large lakes, (13) .......................................... Lake Maggiore, (14) ....................................... Lake Como and (15) ............................... The Appennines form the peninsula’s backbone: (16) ................................................. is the highest peak. Central Italy consists mainly of green hills, and is crossed by (17) ........................................ and (18) .............................. Tiber. The largest islands of Italy are (19) ....................................... Sicily and (20) .......................................... Sardinia. The main archipelagos in central Italy are (21) ............................................ in the Adriatic Sea, the Tuscan Archipelago, the Pontine Islands, the Aeolian Islands and (22) .................................................... in the Tyrrhenian Sea off the coast of (23) ............................................ Sicily.

Mediterranean Sea • Arno • Padan Plain • Gran Sasso • France • Adriatic Sea • Tremiti Islands • Italian • Alps • Lake Garda • German • Sardinian Sea • Egadi Islands

Geographic profile of Italy
Italy is a boot-shaped peninsula in (1) ........................................................... bordering with (2) .................................................... in the northwest, Switzerland and Austria in the north and Slovenia in the north-east. It is surrounded by (3) ......................................... Ligurian Sea, (4) ........................................ and (5) ........................................ Tyrrhenian Sea in the west, the Sicilian Sea and the Ionian Sea in the south and (6) ........................................... in the east. Italy’s official language is (7) ........................................... which is spoken by most of its population, but there are also minority languages such as (8) ..........................................., French, Slovene and Ladin. The landscape in Italy is varied, and is characterised by two mountain chains: (9) .................................... and (10) ............................ Apennines. At the foot of the Alps there is (11) ............................., an extensive flat area crossed by (12) .............................. River Po. The Alpine hills are rich in beautiful large lakes, (13) .......................................... Lake Maggiore, (14) ....................................... Lake Como and (15) ............................... The Appennines form the peninsula’s backbone: (16) ................................................. is the highest peak. Central Italy consists mainly of green hills, and is crossed by (17) ........................................ and (18) .............................. Tiber. The largest islands of Italy are (19) ....................................... Sicily and (20) .......................................... Sardinia. The main archipelagos in central Italy are (21) ............................................ in the Adriatic Sea, the Tuscan Archipelago, the Pontine Islands, the Aeolian Islands and (22) .................................................... in the Tyrrhenian Sea off the coast of (23) ............................................ Sicily.

Soluzioni
  1.  the Mediterranean Sea
  2. France
  3. the
  4. the Sardinian Sea
  5. the
  6. the Adriatic Sea
  7. Italian
  8. German
  9. the Alps
  10. the
  11. the Padan Plain
  12. the
  13. X
  14. X
  15. Lake Garda
  16. Gran Sasso
  17. the Arno
  18. the
  19. X
  20. X
  21. the Tremiti Islands
  22. the Egadi Islands
  23. X
Livello B1-B2 Altri avverbi: categorie e posizione

Completa il testo con gli avverbi dati.

later • unexpectedly • privately • informally • greatly • apparently • regularly • automatically • fluently • Consequently • also • extremely

Princess “Lilibet”

When Elizabeth was born on April 21, 1926, she (1) apparently had little chance of becoming the heir to the throne. Her father George was the youngest living son of King George V, but he became king (2) ......................................... following the abdication, (3) ......................................... in 1936, of his brother, King Edward VIII who married the American divorcee, Wallis Simpson. (4) ........................................., Elisabeth’s father was crowned King George VI three days before his 41st birthday. The ten-year old princess, (5) ........................................., called ‘Lilibet’, was the eldest daughter of the king, therefore she (6) ................................................... became the first in line to the throne. Princess Elizabeth was (7) ......................................... influenced by her mother. She was (8) .................................................. educated by tutors who taught her history, law and music. She (9) ................................................ learned to speak French (10) ...................................................... . At the same time she became (11) ....................................... fond of horse riding, and throughout her life she (12) ......................................... attended racing events.

later • unexpectedly • privately • informally • greatly • apparently • regularly • automatically • fluently • Consequently • also • extremely

Princess “Lilibet”

When Elizabeth was born on April 21, 1926, she (1) apparently had little chance of becoming the heir to the throne. Her father George was the youngest living son of King George V, but he became king (2) ......................................... following the abdication, (3) ......................................... in 1936, of his brother, King Edward VIII who married the American divorcee, Wallis Simpson. (4) ........................................., Elisabeth’s father was crowned King George VI three days before his 41st birthday. The ten-year old princess, (5) ........................................., called ‘Lilibet’, was the eldest daughter of the king, therefore she (6) ................................................... became the first in line to the throne. Princess Elizabeth was (7) ......................................... influenced by her mother. She was (8) .................................................. educated by tutors who taught her history, law and music. She (9) ................................................ learned to speak French (10) ...................................................... . At the same time she became (11) ....................................... fond of horse riding, and throughout her life she (12) ......................................... attended racing events.

Soluzioni
  1. apparently
  2. unexpectedly
  3. later
  4. Consequently
  5. informally
  6. automatically
  7. greatly
  8. privately
  9. also
  10. fluently
  11. extremely
  12. regularly
Livello B2-C1 Verbi seguiti da forma in -ing o infinito

Completa la conversazione al telefono con l’infinito o la forma in -ing dei verbi dati.

lose • phone • listen • marry • say • tell • think • go • live • be • eat • talk • say

Annabelle: Hello?

Steve: Hello, is that you Annabelle? It’s me again, Steve.

Annabelle: Oh, Steve. Not again! Why do you keep on (1) ................................... me?

Steve: I forgot (2) ................................... you something.

Annabelle: Can’t it wait until tomorrow? I really don’t feel like (3) ................................... to anyone just now. I’m tired and I haven’t finished (4) ................................... yet.

Steve: But I love (5) ................................... to your relaxed voice. In fact, I can’t stop (6) ................................... about you. I can’t stand (7) ................................... away from you for more than five minutes. Life is not worth (8) ................................... if you’re not here with me. What I’m trying (9) ................................... is that I would like (10) ................................... you.

Annabelle: Would you mind (11) ................................... that again? I didn’t hear you properly.

Steve: Will you marry me, Annabelle?

Annabelle: Oh, come on Steve. You can’t be serious! I enjoy (12) ................................... out with you, but marriage means (13) ................................... my freedom. I’m too young for that.

Steve: Oh, I see. Well, in that case goodnight and goodbye.

lose • phone • listen • marry • say • tell • think • go • live • be • eat • talk • say

Annabelle: Hello?

Steve: Hello, is that you Annabelle? It’s me again, Steve.

Annabelle: Oh, Steve. Not again! Why do you keep on (1) ................................... me?

Steve: I forgot (2) ................................... you something.

Annabelle: Can’t it wait until tomorrow? I really don’t feel like (3) ................................... to anyone just now. I’m tired and I haven’t finished (4) ................................... yet.

Steve: But I love (5) ................................... to your relaxed voice. In fact, I can’t stop (6) ................................... about you. I can’t stand (7) ................................... away from you for more than five minutes. Life is not worth (8) ................................... if you’re not here with me. What I’m trying (9) ................................... is that I would like (10) ................................... you.

Annabelle: Would you mind (11) ................................... that again? I didn’t hear you properly.

Steve: Will you marry me, Annabelle?

Annabelle: Oh, come on Steve. You can’t be serious! I enjoy (12) ................................... out with you, but marriage means (13) ................................... my freedom. I’m too young for that.

Steve: Oh, I see. Well, in that case goodnight and goodbye.

Soluzioni
  1. phoning
  2. to tell
  3. talking
  4. eating
  5. listening
  6. thinking
  7. being
  8. living
  9. to say
  10. to marry
  11. saying
  12. going
  13. losing
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (1), Connettivi (2), Connettivi (3), Connettivi (4)

Completa la conversazione tra Jennifer e Julie con le parole date.

By the way • What’s more • because • so • actually • to make things worse • in the end • neither • nor • neither of us • both of us • eventually • First of all • as well as

 

Jennifer: Why didn’t you and your sister come to Joe’s wedding on Saturday?

Julie: To cut a long story short, (1) ........................................................ my sister (2) ..................................................... I had anything to wear. Our wardrobe is full of jeans and T-shirts but nothing elegant. We couldn’t possibly go in jeans and (3) .............................................. had the time to go shopping.

Jennifer: I see what you mean.

Julie: By the way, what was the big wedding like?

Jennifer: Well, (4) .............................................., you didn’t miss much. (5) .............................................., the ceremony was far too long, and when we (6) ...................................................... sat down to eat four hours later, the food was stone-cold. Then, (7) .............................................., it started raining, (8) ..................................................... we couldn’t sit outside. The dance music was fine for the grandparents so, (9) .............................................., most of us went home earlier than expected. (10) .............................................., I had an argument with my boyfriend (11) ..................................................... he got drunk on champagne. (12) .............................................., what did you two end up doing?

Julie: Well, (13) ..................................................... decided to go and visit our long-lost aunt in Devon. She’s quite old but full of life (14) ..................................................... being rich and generous. She took us to the best fish restaurant in town.

Jennifer: Lucky you!

By the way • What’s more • because • so • actually • to make things worse • in the end • neither • nor • neither of us • both of us • eventually • First of all • as well as

 

Jennifer: Why didn’t you and your sister come to Joe’s wedding on Saturday?

Julie: To cut a long story short, (1) ........................................................ my sister (2) ..................................................... I had anything to wear. Our wardrobe is full of jeans and T-shirts but nothing elegant. We couldn’t possibly go in jeans and (3) .............................................. had the time to go shopping.

Jennifer: I see what you mean.

Julie: By the way, what was the big wedding like?

Jennifer: Well, (4) .............................................., you didn’t miss much. (5) .............................................., the ceremony was far too long, and when we (6) ...................................................... sat down to eat four hours later, the food was stone-cold. Then, (7) .............................................., it started raining, (8) ..................................................... we couldn’t sit outside. The dance music was fine for the grandparents so, (9) .............................................., most of us went home earlier than expected. (10) .............................................., I had an argument with my boyfriend (11) ..................................................... he got drunk on champagne. (12) .............................................., what did you two end up doing?

Julie: Well, (13) ..................................................... decided to go and visit our long-lost aunt in Devon. She’s quite old but full of life (14) ..................................................... being rich and generous. She took us to the best fish restaurant in town.

Jennifer: Lucky you!

Soluzioni
  1. neither
  2. nor
  3. neither of us
  4. actually
  5. First of all
  6. eventually
  7. to make things worse
  8. so
  9. in the end
  10. What’s more
  11. because
  12. By the way
  13. both of us
  14. as well as
Livello B1 Comparativo di maggioranza

Completa la frase con l’alternativa corretta.

  1. Andrew’s house is ...................................... than his cousin’s.
    1. more big
    2. more larger
    3. more large
    4. more modern
  2. Jason is ....................................... in maths than his brother.
    1. more young
    2. more smart
    3. smarter
    4. smart
  3. Today I am much ....................................... .
    1. more relaxed
    2. happy
    3. more happy
    4. more happier
  4. A Ferrari is ....................................... than a Mercedes.
    1. more expensive
    2. more fast
    3. cheaper
    4. more faster
  5. The USA is a ....................................... country than Italy.
    1. more older
    2. more bigger
    3. more extensive
    4. older
  6. Italian food is ....................................... than American food.
    1. healthier
    2. fatter
    3. heavyer
    4. traditional
  7. Today the weather is a bit ..................... than yesterday.
    1. more cooler
    2. more cool
    3. cooler
    4. cool
  8. Elaine is ....................................... than my brother Fred.
    1. more younger
    2. more young
    3. younger
    4. young
  9. Saloon cars are ....................................... than sports cars.
    1. more comfortable
    2. smaller
    3. more big
    4. more faster
  10. My cat Felix is ....................................... than my other cat.
    1. soft
    2. softer
    3. more softer
    4. more soft
  1. Andrew’s house is ...................................... than his cousin’s.
    1. more big
    2. more larger
    3. more large
    4. more modern
  2. Jason is ....................................... in maths than his brother.
    1. more young
    2. more smart
    3. smarter
    4. smart
  3. Today I am much ....................................... .
    1. more relaxed
    2. happy
    3. more happy
    4. more happier
  4. A Ferrari is ....................................... than a Mercedes.
    1. more expensive
    2. more fast
    3. cheaper
    4. more faster
  5. The USA is a ....................................... country than Italy.
    1. more older
    2. more bigger
    3. more extensive
    4. older
  6. Italian food is ....................................... than American food.
    1. healthier
    2. fatter
    3. heavyer
    4. traditional
  7. Today the weather is a bit ..................... than yesterday.
    1. more cooler
    2. more cool
    3. cooler
    4. cool
  8. Elaine is ....................................... than my brother Fred.
    1. more younger
    2. more young
    3. younger
    4. young
  9. Saloon cars are ....................................... than sports cars.
    1. more comfortable
    2. smaller
    3. more big
    4. more faster
  10. My cat Felix is ....................................... than my other cat.
    1. soft
    2. softer
    3. more softer
    4. more soft
Soluzioni
  1. Andrew’s house is ...................................... than his cousin’s.
    1. more big
    2. more larger
    3. more large
    4. more modern
  2. Jason is ....................................... in maths than his brother.
    1. more young
    2. more smart
    3. smarter
    4. smart
  3. Today I am much ....................................... .
    1. more relaxed
    2. happy
    3. more happy
    4. more happier
  4. A Ferrari is ....................................... than a Mercedes.
    1. more expensive
    2. more fast
    3. cheaper
    4. more faster
  5. The USA is a ....................................... country than Italy.
    1. more older
    2. more bigger
    3. more extensive
    4. older
  6. Italian food is ....................................... than American food.
    1. healthier
    2. fatter
    3. heavyer
    4. traditional
  7. Today the weather is a bit ..................... than yesterday.
    1. more cooler
    2. more cool
    3. cooler
    4. cool
  8. Elaine is ....................................... than my brother Fred.
    1. more younger
    2. more young
    3. younger
    4. young
  9. Saloon cars are ....................................... than sports cars.
    1. more comfortable
    2. smaller
    3. more big
    4. more faster
  10. My cat Felix is ....................................... than my other cat.
    1. soft
    2. softer
    3. more softer
    4. more soft
Livello B2-C1 Phrasal verbs (1): intransitivi, Phrasal verbs (2): transitivi

Completa la lettera che Frank scrive a Bob per raccontargli di suo cugino. Usa i phrasal verbs alla forma corretta.

look forward to • go through (x2) • take after • call in • keep up with • get on • come across • look after • get over • find out • bring up

Dear Bob,
A few months ago, while I was (1) going through some old family letters and documents, I (2) ............................... a photo of a cousin of mine who I’d never met. I (3) ...................................... where he lived and wrote to him. You can imagine my surprise when I opened the door the other day and saw him standing there in front of me. I couldn’t (4) ............................... the fact that he looked just like my father, tall and dark with green eyes. We don’t look at all alike because I (5) ..................................................... my mother who is short and blonde. You know that I’m not used to people (6) ..................................................... this way, but my cousin is a different matter. Although we are different in many ways, we seem to be (7) ..................................................... very well with each other. I think he is (8) ..................................................... a hard time, so I have decided to (9) ..................................................... him for a while. Both of his parents died when he was young, so he was (10) ................................. by his grandparents. I will (11) ..................................................... you ................................. to date .................................. the latest news. You must come and see us soon. I’m (12) ........................................... hearing from you.

look forward to • go through (x2) • take after • call in • keep up with • get on • come across • look after • get over • find out • bring up

Dear Bob,
A few months ago, while I was (1) going through some old family letters and documents, I (2) ............................... a photo of a cousin of mine who I’d never met. I (3) ...................................... where he lived and wrote to him. You can imagine my surprise when I opened the door the other day and saw him standing there in front of me. I couldn’t (4) ............................... the fact that he looked just like my father, tall and dark with green eyes. We don’t look at all alike because I (5) ..................................................... my mother who is short and blonde. You know that I’m not used to people (6) ..................................................... this way, but my cousin is a different matter. Although we are different in many ways, we seem to be (7) ..................................................... very well with each other. I think he is (8) ..................................................... a hard time, so I have decided to (9) ..................................................... him for a while. Both of his parents died when he was young, so he was (10) ................................. by his grandparents. I will (11) ..................................................... you ................................. to date .................................. the latest news. You must come and see us soon. I’m (12) ........................................... hearing from you.

Soluzioni
  1. going through
  2. came across
  3. found out
  4. get over
  5. take after
  6. calling in
  7. getting on
  8. going through
  9. look after
  10. brought up keep
  11. up with
  12. looking forward to
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Completa la lettera usando il present simple o il present continuous.

Dear Paul,

How are you? Here is the latest news. I (1) .............................................................. (not work) at Marks & Spencer anymore. I (2) ...................................................................... (have) a new part-time job in a supermarket in the city centre. I (3) .................................... (go) there every day at 3 o’clock in the afternoon, and (4) ............................................................... (work) there till late in the evening. I (5) ...................................... (be) very happy because my sister (6) ................................ ................. (work) there too, so we (7) ................................................................ (travel) together every day.

My brother (8) ........................................................... (come) to stay with me next week. He (9) ..................................................... (arrive) on Saturday. For dinner we (10) ............................................................................... (go) to that Mexican restaurant near the park. What about you? (11) .................................................................... you ............................................................................... (study) for your exams? .................................................. you still (12) ................................................................ (live) in the same flat?

Please write to me soon.

Love,
Sara.

Dear Paul,

How are you? Here is the latest news. I (1) .............................................................. (not work) at Marks & Spencer anymore. I (2) ...................................................................... (have) a new part-time job in a supermarket in the city centre. I (3) .................................... (go) there every day at 3 o’clock in the afternoon, and (4) ............................................................... (work) there till late in the evening. I (5) ...................................... (be) very happy because my sister (6) ................................ ................. (work) there too, so we (7) ................................................................ (travel) together every day.

My brother (8) ........................................................... (come) to stay with me next week. He (9) ..................................................... (arrive) on Saturday. For dinner we (10) ............................................................................... (go) to that Mexican restaurant near the park. What about you? (11) .................................................................... you ............................................................................... (study) for your exams? .................................................. you still (12) ................................................................ (live) in the same flat?

Please write to me soon.

Love,
Sara.

Soluzioni
  1. don’t work
  2. have
  3. go
  4. work
  5. am
  6. works
  7. travel
  8. is coming
  9. is arriving
  10. are going
  11. Are you studying
  12. Do you still live
Livello B1-B2 Future perfect simple e continuous (futuro anteriore)

Completa la seconda frase con il future perfect simple o future perfect continuous mantenendo il significato della prima. Usa non più di quattro parole.

1. I hope to finish writing my article before dinner.
I hope I ......................................................................... writing my article before dinner.

2. My mother started preparing Sunday lunch at nine, but probably she won’t finish until twelve.
At twelve my mother ......................................................................... Sunday lunch for three hours.

3. Do you think Brian will take his last exam by the end of this year?
Do you think Brian ......................................................................... his last exam by the end of this year?

4. I will graduate next year. I started to attend University 4 years ago.
By the time I graduate, I ......................................................................... university for 5 years.

5. It’s 3 p.m. I still have more than an hour to wait for the doctor’s visit.
At 6 p.m. I’ll ......................................................................... for three hours for the doctor’s visit.

6. Ann teaches in our school. She started last January. It’s nearly the end of the year.
By the end of the year, Ann will ......................................................................... in our school for 12 months.

7. The marathon will finish at 7 p.m. We started running at 3 p.m.
By 7 p.m., we ......................................................................... for four hours.

1. I hope to finish writing my article before dinner.
I hope I ......................................................................... writing my article before dinner.

2. My mother started preparing Sunday lunch at nine, but probably she won’t finish until twelve.
At twelve my mother ......................................................................... Sunday lunch for three hours.

3. Do you think Brian will take his last exam by the end of this year?
Do you think Brian ......................................................................... his last exam by the end of this year?

4. I will graduate next year. I started to attend University 4 years ago.
By the time I graduate, I ......................................................................... university for 5 years.

5. It’s 3 p.m. I still have more than an hour to wait for the doctor’s visit.
At 6 p.m. I’ll ......................................................................... for three hours for the doctor’s visit.

6. Ann teaches in our school. She started last January. It’s nearly the end of the year.
By the end of the year, Ann will ......................................................................... in our school for 12 months.

7. The marathon will finish at 7 p.m. We started running at 3 p.m.
By 7 p.m., we ......................................................................... for four hours.

Soluzioni
  1. will have finished
  2. will have been preparing
  3. will have taken
  4. will have attended
  5. have been waiting
  6. have been teaching
  7. will have run
Livello B1-B2 Dovere: altre forme

Completa la seconda frase con la forma corretta di to be supposed o to be expected mantenendo il significato della prima. Indica la funzione della forma usata per completare la frase scegliendo tra quelle elencate.

  1. obbligo morale
  2. supposizione
  3. assenza di obbligo
  4. obbligo/divieto
  5. aspettativa

1. I should be looking after my little brother tonight. I can’t go out with my friends. I’m supposed to be looking after my little brother tonight, so I can’t go out with my friends. (A)

2. People think that Mrs Rogers has a lot of money. She lives a life of luxury. Mrs Rogers ......................................................... have a lot of money. She lives a luxurious lifestyle. (.....)

3. We don’t need to take a taxi. They’ll come and collect us in the main square. We ......................................................... take a taxi. They’ll come to collect us in the main square. (.....)

4. Visitors to patients are only allowed during visiting hours. Visitors to patients ......................................................... come to the hospital at the visiting hours. (.....)

5. You mustn’t exceed the speed limit in this street. You ......................................................... exceed the speed limit in this street. (.....)

6. We trust the government will cut public spending and reduce taxes. The government ......................................................... cut public spending and reduce taxes. (.....)

7. He should be studying for his exams instead of wasting time with videogames. He ......................................................... study for his exams instead of wasting time with videogames. (.....)

8. During the pandemic, people had to wear masks. During the pandemic, people ......................................................... wear masks. (.....)

  1. obbligo morale
  2. supposizione
  3. assenza di obbligo
  4. obbligo/divieto
  5. aspettativa

1. I should be looking after my little brother tonight. I can’t go out with my friends. I’m supposed to be looking after my little brother tonight, so I can’t go out with my friends. (A)

2. People think that Mrs Rogers has a lot of money. She lives a life of luxury. Mrs Rogers ......................................................... have a lot of money. She lives a luxurious lifestyle. (.....)

3. We don’t need to take a taxi. They’ll come and collect us in the main square. We ......................................................... take a taxi. They’ll come to collect us in the main square. (.....)

4. Visitors to patients are only allowed during visiting hours. Visitors to patients ......................................................... come to the hospital at the visiting hours. (.....)

5. You mustn’t exceed the speed limit in this street. You ......................................................... exceed the speed limit in this street. (.....)

6. We trust the government will cut public spending and reduce taxes. The government ......................................................... cut public spending and reduce taxes. (.....)

7. He should be studying for his exams instead of wasting time with videogames. He ......................................................... study for his exams instead of wasting time with videogames. (.....)

8. During the pandemic, people had to wear masks. During the pandemic, people ......................................................... wear masks. (.....)

Soluzioni
  1. I’m supposed to (A)
  2. is supposed to (B)
  3. are not expected to (C)
  4. are supposed to (D)
  5. are not supposed to (D)
  6. is expected to (E)
  7. is supposed to (A)
  8. were expected to (E)
Livello B1-B2 So e such

Completa la seconda frase con so/such e composti mantenendo il significato della prima. Puoi usare un massimo di 4 parole.

Esempio
The food was so good that we all left a tip. We liked .................................. that we all left a tip.
We liked the food so much that we all left a tip.

1. The Nile cruise was the most amazing holiday of our life. We have ......................................................... amazing holiday in our life as the Nile cruise.

2. The book was very boring so I stopped reading it. It was ......................................................... that I stopped reading it.

3. There were lots of people on the bus so we couldn’t find a seat. There were ......................................................... on the bus that we couldn’t find a seat.

4. I’ve bought a lot of food. I need another trolley. I’ve bought ......................................................... that I need another trolley.

5. She was a very good teacher. We all passed the exam. Our ......................................................... that we all passed the exam.

6. The travel agency organised the holiday very well. We will plan the next holiday with them. It ......................................................... organised holiday that we will plan the next one with the same travel agency.

7. The Camper Club cancelled the three-day trip to France because there weren’t enough bookings. The bookings for the three Camper days in France ......................................................... the Camper Club cancelled it.

Esempio
The food was so good that we all left a tip. We liked .................................. that we all left a tip.
We liked the food so much that we all left a tip.

1. The Nile cruise was the most amazing holiday of our life. We have ......................................................... amazing holiday in our life as the Nile cruise.

2. The book was very boring so I stopped reading it. It was ......................................................... that I stopped reading it.

3. There were lots of people on the bus so we couldn’t find a seat. There were ......................................................... on the bus that we couldn’t find a seat.

4. I’ve bought a lot of food. I need another trolley. I’ve bought ......................................................... that I need another trolley.

5. She was a very good teacher. We all passed the exam. Our ......................................................... that we all passed the exam.

6. The travel agency organised the holiday very well. We will plan the next holiday with them. It ......................................................... organised holiday that we will plan the next one with the same travel agency.

7. The Camper Club cancelled the three-day trip to France because there weren’t enough bookings. The bookings for the three Camper days in France ......................................................... the Camper Club cancelled it.

Soluzioni
  1. never had such an
  2. such a boring book
  3. so many people
  4. so much food
  5. teacher was so good
  6. was such a well
  7. were so few that
Livello B1 Usi particolari di comparativi e superlativi

Completa la seconda frase in modo che abbia lo stesso significato della prima usando da tre a cinque parole.

1. My smartphone is expensive. But you paid double the price. You paid ............................................................... me for your smartphone.

2. There are more mistakes in your test than in mine. In my test there are ............................................................... mistakes ............................................................... in yours.

3. I don’t usually take more than 30 minutes to drive to work. I usually take 30 minutes ............................................................... to drive to work.

4. The film is not very interesting. It’s slowly becoming boring. The film is not very interesting. It’s becoming ............................................................... boring.

5. The majority of the students in this school are commuters. ............................................................... students in this school are commuters.

6. An increasing number of young people are going to work abroad. ............................................................... young people are going to work abroad.

7. My children eat less at lunch than at dinner. At lunch my children ............................................................... at dinner.

8. Both Barbara and Molly have got three cats. Barbara has got the ............................................................... of cats ............................................................... Molly.

1. My smartphone is expensive. But you paid double the price. You paid ............................................................... me for your smartphone.

2. There are more mistakes in your test than in mine. In my test there are ............................................................... mistakes ............................................................... in yours.

3. I don’t usually take more than 30 minutes to drive to work. I usually take 30 minutes ............................................................... to drive to work.

4. The film is not very interesting. It’s slowly becoming boring. The film is not very interesting. It’s becoming ............................................................... boring.

5. The majority of the students in this school are commuters. ............................................................... students in this school are commuters.

6. An increasing number of young people are going to work abroad. ............................................................... young people are going to work abroad.

7. My children eat less at lunch than at dinner. At lunch my children ............................................................... at dinner.

8. Both Barbara and Molly have got three cats. Barbara has got the ............................................................... of cats ............................................................... Molly.

Soluzioni

1. My smartphone is expensive. But you paid double the price. You paid twice as much as me for your smartphone.

2. There are more mistakes in your test than in mine. In my test there are fewer mistakes than in yours.

3. I don’t usually take more than 30 minutes to drive to work. I usually take 30 minutes at (the) most. to drive to work.

4. The film is not very interesting. It’s slowly becoming boring. The film is not very interesting. It’s becoming more and more boring.

5. The majority of the students in this school are commuters. Most of the students in this school are commuters.

6. An increasing number of young people are going to work abroad. More and more young people are going to work abroad.

7. My children eat less at lunch than at dinner. At lunch my children don’t eat as much as at dinner.

8. Both Barbara and Molly have got three cats. Barbara has got the same number of cats as Molly.

Livello B2-C1 Verbi ed espressioni seguiti dalla forma in -ing

Completa la seconda frase in modo che abbia lo stesso significato della prima. Puoi usare fino a quattro parole con quella data.

Esempio
It isn’t a good idea to eat too much red meat.
It’s advisable ..................................................................... too much red meat. (avoid)
It’s advisable to avoid eating too much red meat.

1. She smoked her last cigarette two years ago.

She .......................................................................................................................................... two years ago. (gave)

2. I’ll be really happy to see Bob next week.

I’m .......................................................................................................................................... seeing Bob next week. (looking)

3. I’m very sorry. I don’t live in Italy any more.

.......................................................................................................................................... in Italy very much. (miss)

4. Would you like to come my birthday party?

Do .......................................................................................................................................... my birthday party? (fancy)

5. They are still at the table, having their meal.

They .......................................................................................................................................... having their meal yet. (finished)

6. I could go by car. It might be quicker.

He’s .......................................................................................................................................... because it might be quicker. (considering)

7. When I went to school, I usually took the bus.

I .......................................................................................................................................... bus when i was at school. (used)

Esempio
It isn’t a good idea to eat too much red meat.
It’s advisable ..................................................................... too much red meat. (avoid)
It’s advisable to avoid eating too much red meat.

1. She smoked her last cigarette two years ago.

She .......................................................................................................................................... two years ago. (gave)

2. I’ll be really happy to see Bob next week.

I’m .......................................................................................................................................... seeing Bob next week. (looking)

3. I’m very sorry. I don’t live in Italy any more.

.......................................................................................................................................... in Italy very much. (miss)

4. Would you like to come my birthday party?

Do .......................................................................................................................................... my birthday party? (fancy)

5. They are still at the table, having their meal.

They .......................................................................................................................................... having their meal yet. (finished)

6. I could go by car. It might be quicker.

He’s .......................................................................................................................................... because it might be quicker. (considering)

7. When I went to school, I usually took the bus.

I .......................................................................................................................................... bus when i was at school. (used)

Soluzioni
  1. gave up smoking
  2. really looking forward to
  3. I miss living
  4. you fancy coming to
  5. haven’t finished
  6. considering going by car
  7. used to take the
Livello B1 Present perfect continuous (forma di durata)

Completa la seconda frase in modo che abbia lo stesso significato della prima. Usa non più di 4 parole.

Esempio
We haven’t gone out for a meal for a long time. It’s a long time ................................ for a meal.
It’s a long time since we went out for a meal.

1. The last time we had a holiday was six months ago. We .................................................................................... for six months.

2. Peter has been working there for two years. It’s ....................................................................................... worked there.

3. This is the first time Joe has eaten at a Japanese restaurant. Joe ……….................. at a Japanese restaurant before.

Esempio
We haven’t gone out for a meal for a long time. It’s a long time ................................ for a meal.
It’s a long time since we went out for a meal.

1. The last time we had a holiday was six months ago. We .................................................................................... for six months.

2. Peter has been working there for two years. It’s ....................................................................................... worked there.

3. This is the first time Joe has eaten at a Japanese restaurant. Joe ……….................. at a Japanese restaurant before.

Soluzioni
  1. haven’t had a holiday
  2. two years since Peter
  3. has never eaten
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (1), Connettivi (2), Connettivi (3), Connettivi (4)

Completa la seconda frase mantenendo il significato della prima.

Esempio
It was raining but we didn’t take the car.
Although it was raining, we didn’t take the car.

1. He couldn’t phone me because he had run out of credit.

As ............................................................................................................................

2. You hate jazz, so I won’t invite you to the jazz club.

Since ......................................................................................................................

3. Shona is saving money because she wants to buy a car.

Shona is saving money in order .........................................................................

4. I decided to travel by air although I’m scared of flying.

In spite of ...........................................................................................................

5. I didn’t get the job although I was better qualified.

Despite ................................................................................................................

Esempio
It was raining but we didn’t take the car.
Although it was raining, we didn’t take the car.

1. He couldn’t phone me because he had run out of credit.

As ............................................................................................................................

2. You hate jazz, so I won’t invite you to the jazz club.

Since ......................................................................................................................

3. Shona is saving money because she wants to buy a car.

Shona is saving money in order .........................................................................

4. I decided to travel by air although I’m scared of flying.

In spite of ...........................................................................................................

5. I didn’t get the job although I was better qualified.

Despite ................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. he had run out of credit, he couldn’t phone me.
  2. you hate jazz, I won’t invite you to the jazz club.
  3. to buy a car.
  4. being scared of flying, I decided to travel by air.
  5. being better qualified, I didn’t get the job.
Livello B2-C1 Forma passiva standard, Forma passiva: verbi con doppie costruzione, Forma passiva: particolarità

Completa la seconda frase mantenendo il significato della prima.

Esempio
Someone repaired my computer last week.
I had my computer repaired last week.

1. The hairdresser dyed my mother’s hair red yesterday.

My mother ......................................................................................................

2. Someone is going to manicure my nails tomorrow.

I .......................................................................................................................

3. People thought that someone had started the fire deliberately.

It ......................................................................................................................

4. They forced him to leave the country.

He was  ......................................................................................................................

5. He never allows me to borrow his car.

I am ......................................................................................................................

6. She won’t permit them to change the date.

She won’t ......................................................................................................................

7. Last year they stole my car, but then the police officer found it abandoned in a field.

My car  ......................................................................................................................

Esempio
Someone repaired my computer last week.
I had my computer repaired last week.

1. The hairdresser dyed my mother’s hair red yesterday.

My mother ......................................................................................................

2. Someone is going to manicure my nails tomorrow.

I .......................................................................................................................

3. People thought that someone had started the fire deliberately.

It ......................................................................................................................

4. They forced him to leave the country.

He was  ......................................................................................................................

5. He never allows me to borrow his car.

I am ......................................................................................................................

6. She won’t permit them to change the date.

She won’t ......................................................................................................................

7. Last year they stole my car, but then the police officer found it abandoned in a field.

My car  ......................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. had her hair dyed red by the hairdresser yesterday.
  2. am going to have my nails manicured tomorrow.
  3. was thought that the fire had been started deliberately (by someone).
  4. forced to leave the country.
  5. never allowed to borrow his car.
  6. allow them to/let them change the date.
  7. was stolen last year, but then it was found by a police officer abandoned in a field.
Livello B1-B2 Il futuro con altre forme

Completa la seconda frase mantenendo il significato della prima. Puoi usare fino a 4 parole oltre a quella data.

1. Can’t you see the clouds? It’s going to rain. Let’s take an umbrella. Can’t you see the clouds? It’s about to rain. Let’s take an umbrella. (about)

2. The plane is expected to land in 10 minutes. Landing ....................................................... 10 minutes. (due)

3. The winning party will form a new government by mid-October. A new government ................................................................. by mid-October. (formed)

4. Downloading programmes involves getting constant online ads. If you download programmes, you ........................................... constant online ads. (bound)

5. In the next few days, we will probably have showers and thunderstorms. .................................................. in the next few days. (expected)

1. Can’t you see the clouds? It’s going to rain. Let’s take an umbrella. Can’t you see the clouds? It’s about to rain. Let’s take an umbrella. (about)

2. The plane is expected to land in 10 minutes. Landing ....................................................... 10 minutes. (due)

3. The winning party will form a new government by mid-October. A new government ................................................................. by mid-October. (formed)

4. Downloading programmes involves getting constant online ads. If you download programmes, you ........................................... constant online ads. (bound)

5. In the next few days, we will probably have showers and thunderstorms. .................................................. in the next few days. (expected)

Soluzioni
  1. It’s about to rain
  2. is due in
  3. is to be formed
  4. are bound to get
  5. Showers and thunderstorms are expected
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (2)

Completa la seconda frase mantenendo il significato della prima. Usa both... and, neither... nor o either... or.

Esempio
I can come this afternoon or I can come after dinner.
I can come either this afternoon or after dinner.

1. She is very intelligent. She is also very beautiful. She is .....................................................................................

2. My son was born in March. My daughter was born in March too. ............................................................... were born in March.

3. This plant grows in Italy and in Greece. ....................................................................................................................

4. I haven’t got the patience to learn origami. And I haven’t got the time. I have ..............................................................

Esempio
I can come this afternoon or I can come after dinner.
I can come either this afternoon or after dinner.

1. She is very intelligent. She is also very beautiful. She is .....................................................................................

2. My son was born in March. My daughter was born in March too. ............................................................... were born in March.

3. This plant grows in Italy and in Greece. ....................................................................................................................

4. I haven’t got the patience to learn origami. And I haven’t got the time. I have ..............................................................

Soluzioni
  1. She is both very intelligent and very beautiful.
  2. Both my son and my daughter
  3. This plant grows in both Italy and Greece.
  4. got neither the patience nor the time to learn origami.
Livello B1-B2 Must, Mustn't, Have to, don't have to/need, needn't, Shall, should/ought to, had better, would rather, Dovere: altre forme

Completa la seconda frase mantenendo il significato della prima. Usa la forma corretta dei verbi dati.

be expected to • be allowed to • should • needn’t • have to (x2) • musn’t • be supposed to

Esempio
It is essential to book your room in advance. You ........................................ book your room in advance.
You must book your room in advance.

1. The students must hand in their essays by the end of the week.

All students .................................................. hand in their essays by the end of the week.

2. The use of mobiles is forbidden at school.

Students .................................................. use mobiles at school.

3. It isn’t necessary to reserve a table in that restaurant during the week.

You .................................................. reserve a table in that restaurant during the week.

4. We must remember to book the tickets for the concert in time.

We .................................................. forget to book the tickets for the concert in time.

5. She isn’t obliged to work on Saturdays.

She doesn’t .................................................. work on Saturdays.

6. I advise you to catch the early train if you don’t want to be late.

You .................................................. catch the early train if you don’t want to be late.

7. It was not necessary for them to pay the full price. They were over 65.

They didn’t .................................................. pay full price. They were over 65.

8. We should be careful about setting expectations.

We .................................................. be careful about setting expectations.

be expected to • be allowed to • should • needn’t • have to (x2) • musn’t • be supposed to

Esempio
It is essential to book your room in advance. You ........................................ book your room in advance.
You must book your room in advance.

1. The students must hand in their essays by the end of the week.

All students .................................................. hand in their essays by the end of the week.

2. The use of mobiles is forbidden at school.

Students .................................................. use mobiles at school.

3. It isn’t necessary to reserve a table in that restaurant during the week.

You .................................................. reserve a table in that restaurant during the week.

4. We must remember to book the tickets for the concert in time.

We .................................................. forget to book the tickets for the concert in time.

5. She isn’t obliged to work on Saturdays.

She doesn’t .................................................. work on Saturdays.

6. I advise you to catch the early train if you don’t want to be late.

You .................................................. catch the early train if you don’t want to be late.

7. It was not necessary for them to pay the full price. They were over 65.

They didn’t .................................................. pay full price. They were over 65.

8. We should be careful about setting expectations.

We .................................................. be careful about setting expectations.

Soluzioni
  1. are expected to
  2. are not allowed to
  3. needn’t
  4. mustn’t
  5. have to
  6. should
  7. have to
  8. are supposed to
Livello B2-C1 Forma passiva standard

Completa la seconda frase senza cambiare il significato della prima. Puoi usare fino a cinque parole compresa quella data.

1. Everyone knows that taking exercise is good for your health. known

It .............................................................................................................................. taking exercise is good for your health.

2. They should advise the children to wash their hands frequently. be

The .............................................................................................................................. to wash their hands frequently.

3. People believe that prices will keep rising. is

It .............................................................................................................................. will keep rising.

4. The company might lay off a lot of their workers because of the recession. company’s

A lot of the .............................................................................................................................. off because of the recession.

5. They awarded the first Nobel Prize in Medicine in 1901. was

The first Nobel .............................................................................................................................. in 1901.

6. I need to repair my printer. It takes ages to print a page. printer

My .............................................................................................................................. . It takes ages to print a page.

1. Everyone knows that taking exercise is good for your health. known

It .............................................................................................................................. taking exercise is good for your health.

2. They should advise the children to wash their hands frequently. be

The .............................................................................................................................. to wash their hands frequently.

3. People believe that prices will keep rising. is

It .............................................................................................................................. will keep rising.

4. The company might lay off a lot of their workers because of the recession. company’s

A lot of the .............................................................................................................................. off because of the recession.

5. They awarded the first Nobel Prize in Medicine in 1901. was

The first Nobel .............................................................................................................................. in 1901.

6. I need to repair my printer. It takes ages to print a page. printer

My .............................................................................................................................. . It takes ages to print a page.

Soluzioni
  1. is known that
  2. children should be advised
  3. is believed that prices
  4. company’s workers might be laid
  5. Prize in Medicine was awarded
  6. printer needs repairing
Livello B1-B2 Potere: altre forme

Completa la seconda frase usando le altre forme per “potere”, mantenendo il significato della prima. Puoi usare da 2 a 5 parole.

1. It is possible that the price of energy will rise in the next few months. The price of energy ................................................... rise in the next few months.

2. It wasn’t easy but I was finally able to book the tickets for the championship final. It wasn’t easy but I finally ................................................... book the tickets for the championship final .

3. He always wants to do his best in everything he does. He aways wants ................................................... everything he does.

4. They didn’t have the permission to leave the country. They ................................................... to leave the country.

5. I hope you will allow me to rest for a while. I hope you will ................................................... for a while.

6. You can do a lot more than you think you can. You ................................................... a lot more than you think you ................................................... .

7. Cars can’t be parked on either side of the street. Parking ................................................... on either side of the street.

1. It is possible that the price of energy will rise in the next few months. The price of energy ................................................... rise in the next few months.

2. It wasn’t easy but I was finally able to book the tickets for the championship final. It wasn’t easy but I finally ................................................... book the tickets for the championship final .

3. He always wants to do his best in everything he does. He aways wants ................................................... everything he does.

4. They didn’t have the permission to leave the country. They ................................................... to leave the country.

5. I hope you will allow me to rest for a while. I hope you will ................................................... for a while.

6. You can do a lot more than you think you can. You ................................................... a lot more than you think you ................................................... .

7. Cars can’t be parked on either side of the street. Parking ................................................... on either side of the street.

Soluzioni
  1. is likely to
  2. managed to
  3. to succeed in
  4. were not allowed
  5. let me rest
  6. are capable of doing - are
  7. is not allowed
Livello B1-B2 Modali + have done

Completa la seconda frase utilizzando la forma del modale + have + participio passato. Puoi usare fino a 5 parole.

1. He resigned from his job before finding a new one. He made a mistake.

He .......................................................................................................... from his job. He made a mistake.

2. Linda is in Brazil with her boyfriend. You saw someone who looked like her.

It .......................................................................................................... Linda you saw at the supermarket. She’s in Brazil with her boyfriend.

3. He didn’t come with us yesterday evening. He had to answer some emails.

He .......................................................................................................... the emails in the morning.

4. I found a scratch on my car when I came out of the supermarket.

Someone .......................................................................................................... while I was at the supermarket.

5. There was enough bread for dinner but Jill bought some more.

Jill .......................................................................................................... bread for dinner. There was enough.

6. He bought an old car. I don’t think he paid much for it.

He .......................................................................................................... much for his car. It’s an old model.

7. I can’t find the car keys. I probably left them in my office.

I .......................................................................................................... the car keys in my office.

8. You said he was rude to you. Are you sure? He’s usually very polite.

He .......................................................................................................... rude to you. He’s usually very polite.

1. He resigned from his job before finding a new one. He made a mistake.

He .......................................................................................................... from his job. He made a mistake.

2. Linda is in Brazil with her boyfriend. You saw someone who looked like her.

It .......................................................................................................... Linda you saw at the supermarket. She’s in Brazil with her boyfriend.

3. He didn’t come with us yesterday evening. He had to answer some emails.

He .......................................................................................................... the emails in the morning.

4. I found a scratch on my car when I came out of the supermarket.

Someone .......................................................................................................... while I was at the supermarket.

5. There was enough bread for dinner but Jill bought some more.

Jill .......................................................................................................... bread for dinner. There was enough.

6. He bought an old car. I don’t think he paid much for it.

He .......................................................................................................... much for his car. It’s an old model.

7. I can’t find the car keys. I probably left them in my office.

I .......................................................................................................... the car keys in my office.

8. You said he was rude to you. Are you sure? He’s usually very polite.

He .......................................................................................................... rude to you. He’s usually very polite.

Soluzioni
  1. shouldn’t have resigned
  2. can’t have been
  3. could/should have answered
  4. must have scratched
  5. needn’t have bought
  6. can’t have paid
  7. might have left
  8. can’t have been
Livello A2 Verbo To Be: espressioni idiomatiche
Completa le domande della colonna di sinistra, poi abbinale alle risposte della colonna di destra.

La domanda 4 è un esempio.

  1. What .................................. your job?
  2. .................................. this your car?
  3. How much .................................. this watch?
  4. Are you late for the conference?
    (b) Yes, I am. I'm very late.
  5. How ..............................................................?
  6. .................................. the children sleepy?
  7. How old .................................. your boys?
  8. How much bread .................................. there?
  9. Why .................................. you in a hurry?
  10. .................................. there many students in your class?

 

a. It’s 80 euro

b. Yes, I am. I’m very late.

c. Because I’m late for the train.

d. Yes, there are 30.

e. No, it isn’t. My car is in the garage.

f. There’s one loaf.

g. Fine, thanks, and you?

h. Yes, they are in bed.

i. I’m a barber.

j. Peter is 10 and Paul is 12.

La domanda 4 è un esempio.

  1. What .................................. your job?
  2. .................................. this your car?
  3. How much .................................. this watch?
  4. Are you late for the conference?
    (b) Yes, I am. I'm very late.
  5. How ..............................................................?
  6. .................................. the children sleepy?
  7. How old .................................. your boys?
  8. How much bread .................................. there?
  9. Why .................................. you in a hurry?
  10. .................................. there many students in your class?

 

a. It’s 80 euro

b. Yes, I am. I’m very late.

c. Because I’m late for the train.

d. Yes, there are 30.

e. No, it isn’t. My car is in the garage.

f. There’s one loaf.

g. Fine, thanks, and you?

h. Yes, they are in bed.

i. I’m a barber.

j. Peter is 10 and Paul is 12.

Soluzioni
  1. What's your job?
    (i) I’m a barber.
  2. Is this your car?
    (e) No, it isn’t. My car is in the garage.
  3. How much is this watch?
    (a) It’s 80 euro.
  4. Are you late for the conference?
    (b) Yes, I am. I'm very late.
  5. How are you?
    (g) Fine, thanks, and you?
  6. Are the children sleepy?
    (h) Yes, they are in bed.
  7. How old are your boys?
    (j) Peter is 10 and Paul is 12.
  8. How much bread is there?
    (f) There’s one loaf.
  9. Why are you in a hurry?
    (c) Because I’m late for the train.
  10. Are there many students in your class?
    (d) Yes, there are 30.
Livello B1 Il futuro con: will, to be going to

Completa le domande e relative risposte scegliendo tra le forme di futuro.

present continuous • will • to be going to

QUESTIONS

1. What / be / the weather like?

..................................................................................................................................................

2. Why / you / not / go on holiday next summer?

..................................................................................................................................................

3. What / you / do today?

..................................................................................................................................................

4. you /have dinner / with me tomorrow? (richiesta cortese)

..................................................................................................................................................

5. How / you / spend / the Easter holidays?

..................................................................................................................................................

6. What time / your friends / arrive?

..................................................................................................................................................

7. What/ you / do / next Sunday?

..................................................................................................................................................

8. you / leave / early for the USA next week?

..................................................................................................................................................

 

ANSWERS

1. It / be /sunny and dry.

................................................................................................................................

2. Because in autumn / I / buy / a new car.

................................................................................................................................

3. It’s John’s birthday so I / make / some cakes.

................................................................................................................................

4. Sorry, I can’t tomorrow I / work / until late.

................................................................................................................................

5. We / probably / go on a cruise.

................................................................................................................................

6. I don’t think / they / arrive / before 7 p.m.

................................................................................................................................

7. If it doesn’t rain, / we / go for a walk in the woods.

................................................................................................................................

8. Yes, my father / take us / to the airport / if he / not / work next Tuesday.

................................................................................................................................

present continuous • will • to be going to

QUESTIONS

1. What / be / the weather like?

..................................................................................................................................................

2. Why / you / not / go on holiday next summer?

..................................................................................................................................................

3. What / you / do today?

..................................................................................................................................................

4. you /have dinner / with me tomorrow? (richiesta cortese)

..................................................................................................................................................

5. How / you / spend / the Easter holidays?

..................................................................................................................................................

6. What time / your friends / arrive?

..................................................................................................................................................

7. What/ you / do / next Sunday?

..................................................................................................................................................

8. you / leave / early for the USA next week?

..................................................................................................................................................

 

ANSWERS

1. It / be /sunny and dry.

................................................................................................................................

2. Because in autumn / I / buy / a new car.

................................................................................................................................

3. It’s John’s birthday so I / make / some cakes.

................................................................................................................................

4. Sorry, I can’t tomorrow I / work / until late.

................................................................................................................................

5. We / probably / go on a cruise.

................................................................................................................................

6. I don’t think / they / arrive / before 7 p.m.

................................................................................................................................

7. If it doesn’t rain, / we / go for a walk in the woods.

................................................................................................................................

8. Yes, my father / take us / to the airport / if he / not / work next Tuesday.

................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

QUESTIONS

  1. What will the weather be like? It will be sunny and dry.
  2. Why aren’t you going on holiday next summer? Because in autumn I’m going to buy a new car.
  3. What are you doing today? It’s John’s birthday so I’m going to make some cakes.
  4. Will you have dinner with me tomorrow? Sorry, I can’t tomorrow. I’m working until late.
  5. How are you going to spend the Easter holidays? We’ll probably go on a cruise.
  6. What time are your friends arriving? I don’t think they’ll arrive before 7 p.m.
  7. What are you doing next Sunday? If it doesn’t rain, we’ll go for a walk in the woods.
  8. Are you leaving early for the USA next week?

ANSWERS

  1. It will be sunny and dry.
  2. Because in autumn I’m going to buy a new car.
  3. It’s John’s birthday so I’m going to make some cakes.
  4. Sorry, I can’t tomorrow. I’m working until late.
  5. We’ll probably go on a cruise.
  6. I don’t think they’ll arrive before 7 p.m.
  7. If it doesn’t rain, we’ll go for a walk in the woods.
  8. Yes, my father will take us to the airport if he is not working next Tuesday.
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi possessivi

Completa le frasi con aggettivo o pronome possessivi con i riferimenti dati.

Esempio:
Sorry, but these seats aren’t free. They are ................................................ . Here are ................................................. tickets. (nostro)
Sorry, but these seats aren’t free. They are ours. Here are our tickets.

1. “Have you got ........................................... email address? “No, I’ve only got ..................................... .” (di lui/tuo)

2. Lisa, ................................ office is always very tidy. It’s very different from ................................! (tuo/mio)

3. “Do you like ................................ new car?” “Yes, but ................................ is more (più) comfortable.” (loro/nostro)

4. Those are ................................ earrings. The ones in the jewellery box are ................................ . (di lei/mio)

Esempio:
Sorry, but these seats aren’t free. They are ................................................ . Here are ................................................. tickets. (nostro)
Sorry, but these seats aren’t free. They are ours. Here are our tickets.

1. “Have you got ........................................... email address? “No, I’ve only got ..................................... .” (di lui/tuo)

2. Lisa, ................................ office is always very tidy. It’s very different from ................................! (tuo/mio)

3. “Do you like ................................ new car?” “Yes, but ................................ is more (più) comfortable.” (loro/nostro)

4. Those are ................................ earrings. The ones in the jewellery box are ................................ . (di lei/mio)

Soluzioni

1. “Have you got his email address? “No, I’ve only got yours.”

2. Lisa, your office is always very tidy. It’s very different from mine!

3. “Do you like their new car?” “Yes, but ours is more (più) comfortable.” 

4. Those are her earrings. The ones in the jewellery box are mine. 

Livello B1-B2 Piccole quantità indefinite (aggettivi e avverbi)

Completa le frasi con few, a few, little o a little.

Esempio
My sister can’t speak German, but she can speak .............................. French.
My sister can’t speak German, but she can speak a little French.

1. I have ....................................................... time this afternoon, so I can’t go to the hairdresser’s.

2. ....................................................... cities are as fascinating as Trieste.

3. I add very ....................................................... sugar to my coffee. I’m on a strict diet at the moment.

4. This year there are only ....................................................... tomatoes. I hope there will be a lot more next year.

5. There’s ....................................................... work for young people in small towns these days.

6. I enjoy riding my bike on Sundays because there are only ....................................................... cars on the road.

7. Last night ....................................................... friends of mine came around for dinner.

8. Sorry, there isn’t any juice but there’s ....................................................... soda left.

9. I’m very hungry. Can I have ....................................................... biscuits?

Esempio
My sister can’t speak German, but she can speak .............................. French.
My sister can’t speak German, but she can speak a little French.

1. I have ....................................................... time this afternoon, so I can’t go to the hairdresser’s.

2. ....................................................... cities are as fascinating as Trieste.

3. I add very ....................................................... sugar to my coffee. I’m on a strict diet at the moment.

4. This year there are only ....................................................... tomatoes. I hope there will be a lot more next year.

5. There’s ....................................................... work for young people in small towns these days.

6. I enjoy riding my bike on Sundays because there are only ....................................................... cars on the road.

7. Last night ....................................................... friends of mine came around for dinner.

8. Sorry, there isn’t any juice but there’s ....................................................... soda left.

9. I’m very hungry. Can I have ....................................................... biscuits?

Soluzioni
  1. little
  2. Few
  3. little
  4. few
  5. little
  6. few
  7. a few
  8. a little
  9. a few
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (1)

Completa le frasi con i connettivi corretti.

1. My mother was at the doctor’s for 20 minutes. ..............................................., I sat down and read a magazine.
a. In the end
b. Meanwhile
c. Late

2. ..................................................... looking after her baby, Lilian has been going on with her studies.
a. Furthermore
b. Besides
c. In addition

3. Well, ....................................................., I don’t entirely agree with what you are saying.
a. afterwards
b. later on
c. to start with

4. ..................................................... heat the oil in a frying pan. ..................................................... put in the marinated chicken pieces.
a. First of all/Then
b. Meanwhile/Then
c. In the end/Eventually

5. After working for many days we ................................................... finished painting our house.
a. finally
b. in the end
c. lastly

6. Using smartphones while driving is against the law. ....................................................., it is also very dangerous.
a. Also
b. Furthermore
c. Meanwhile

7. The school had wonderful Christmas decorations and, ....................................................., the children had made them.
a. in the end
b. as well as
c. what’s more

8. We looked at more than 40 houses on sale and ....................................... we found what we were looking for.
a. lastly
b. eventually
c. meanwhile

1. My mother was at the doctor’s for 20 minutes. ..............................................., I sat down and read a magazine.
a. In the end
b. Meanwhile
c. Late

2. ..................................................... looking after her baby, Lilian has been going on with her studies.
a. Furthermore
b. Besides
c. In addition

3. Well, ....................................................., I don’t entirely agree with what you are saying.
a. afterwards
b. later on
c. to start with

4. ..................................................... heat the oil in a frying pan. ..................................................... put in the marinated chicken pieces.
a. First of all/Then
b. Meanwhile/Then
c. In the end/Eventually

5. After working for many days we ................................................... finished painting our house.
a. finally
b. in the end
c. lastly

6. Using smartphones while driving is against the law. ....................................................., it is also very dangerous.
a. Also
b. Furthermore
c. Meanwhile

7. The school had wonderful Christmas decorations and, ....................................................., the children had made them.
a. in the end
b. as well as
c. what’s more

8. We looked at more than 40 houses on sale and ....................................... we found what we were looking for.
a. lastly
b. eventually
c. meanwhile

Soluzioni
  1. b
  2. b
  3. c
  4. a
  5. a
  6. b
  7. c
  8. b
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (3)

Completa le frasi con i connettivi dati nell’ordine sparso.

Esempio
She cooked the meal for all the guests ................................ she wasn’t feeling well.
She cooked the meal for all the guests although she wasn’t feeling well.

on the other hand • although • Even if • despite • However • even though • In spite of • On the contrary

1. The defender was able to play ........................................................ having sprained his ankle.

2. The weather was very bad in London. ........................................................, we enjoyed our stay there.

3. I usually take the underground to work, ........................................................ it is always very crowded.

4. ........................................................ I had a lot of money, I wouldn’t buy a new car.

5. The cost of energy will not decrease. ........................................................, projections show that it will go up.

6. I’d like to have a job with a higher salary, ........................................................ I enjoy the work I do.

7. He failed his exam ........................................................ all his hard work.

Esempio
She cooked the meal for all the guests ................................ she wasn’t feeling well.
She cooked the meal for all the guests although she wasn’t feeling well.

on the other hand • although • Even if • despite • However • even though • In spite of • On the contrary

1. The defender was able to play ........................................................ having sprained his ankle.

2. The weather was very bad in London. ........................................................, we enjoyed our stay there.

3. I usually take the underground to work, ........................................................ it is always very crowded.

4. ........................................................ I had a lot of money, I wouldn’t buy a new car.

5. The cost of energy will not decrease. ........................................................, projections show that it will go up.

6. I’d like to have a job with a higher salary, ........................................................ I enjoy the work I do.

7. He failed his exam ........................................................ all his hard work.

Soluzioni
  1. despite
  2. However
  3. even though
  4. Even if
  5. On the contrary
  6. on the other hand
  7. in spite of
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (2)

Completa le frasi con i connettivi dati nell’ordine sparso.

not only... but • as a result • both... and • otherwise • consequently • therefore • as a rule • owing to

Esempio
They were exceeding the speed limit. ..........................., they were fined.
Consequently, they were fined.

1. ...................................................................... bad weather, the schools were closed.

2. ......................................................................, I get up at six o’clock, but yesterday morning I got up later.

3. We were unable to get funding, ...................................................................... we had to cancel the project.

4. There are more universities nowadays. ......................................................................, there are more graduates.

5. I will have my house painted ...................................................................... inside ...................................................................... also outside.

6. When I was young, I used to play ...................................................................... football ...................................................................... tennis.

7. He got up early. ......................................................................, he might have missed the first train.

not only... but • as a result • both... and • otherwise • consequently • therefore • as a rule • owing to

Esempio
They were exceeding the speed limit. ..........................., they were fined.
Consequently, they were fined.

1. ...................................................................... bad weather, the schools were closed.

2. ......................................................................, I get up at six o’clock, but yesterday morning I got up later.

3. We were unable to get funding, ...................................................................... we had to cancel the project.

4. There are more universities nowadays. ......................................................................, there are more graduates.

5. I will have my house painted ...................................................................... inside ...................................................................... also outside.

6. When I was young, I used to play ...................................................................... football ...................................................................... tennis.

7. He got up early. ......................................................................, he might have missed the first train.

Soluzioni
  1. Owing to
  2. As a rule
  3. therefore
  4. As a result
  5. not only - but
  6. both - and
  7. Otherwise
Livello B1-B2 Modali + have done

Completa le frasi con i modali + have e participio passato dei verbi dati.

might (x2) • can’t • must • should • shouldn’t • needn’t • could

1. I’m not sure where Claire is, but ............................................................... (go) home. She wasn’t feeling well earlier on.

2. You ............................................................... (see) Tim at the football match. He’s away on holiday.

3. On, no! Molly knows about the surprise party. Someone ............................................................... (tell) her.

4. I’ve missed my train. Stupid me. I ............................................................... (get) a taxi to the station instead of walking.

5. It’s been really hard to concentrate today. I ............................................................... (not stay) up till late last night.

6. The postal service isn’t very reliable, so they ............................................................... (not receive) my invitation.

7. I didn’t know the museum was free for people over 60. I ............................................................... (not pay).

8. Nobody ............................................................... (predict) last night’s heavy storm. It was totally unexpected.

might (x2) • can’t • must • should • shouldn’t • needn’t • could

1. I’m not sure where Claire is, but ............................................................... (go) home. She wasn’t feeling well earlier on.

2. You ............................................................... (see) Tim at the football match. He’s away on holiday.

3. On, no! Molly knows about the surprise party. Someone ............................................................... (tell) her.

4. I’ve missed my train. Stupid me. I ............................................................... (get) a taxi to the station instead of walking.

5. It’s been really hard to concentrate today. I ............................................................... (not stay) up till late last night.

6. The postal service isn’t very reliable, so they ............................................................... (not receive) my invitation.

7. I didn’t know the museum was free for people over 60. I ............................................................... (not pay).

8. Nobody ............................................................... (predict) last night’s heavy storm. It was totally unexpected.

Soluzioni
  1. she might have gone
  2. can’t have seen
  3. must have told
  4. should have got
  5. shouldn’t have stayed
  6. might not have received
  7. needn’t have paid
  8. could have predicted
Livello A2-B1 Articolo determinativo the (2)

Completa le frasi con i nomi elencati. Usa l’articolo the se necessario. Ti puoi aiutare con un atlante.

Countries: United Kingdom, France, Great Britain
Oceans and seas: Atlantic Ocean, Pacific Ocean, North Sea
Rivers: Mississippi, Missouri, Thames
Lakes: Lake Superior, Lake Huron, Lake Michigan 
Islands: Caribbean Islands, Seychelles, Madagascar

1. ....................................................... and ....................................................... rivers cross the central area of the USA.

2. Cuba is the largest of ....................................................... .

3. ......................................................., ....................................................... and ....................................................... are three of the Great Lakes.

4. The Gulf Stream reaches the British Isles after crossing ........................................................

5. ....................................................... comprises England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland.

6. ....................................................... and ....................................................... are in the Indian Ocean.

7. The Channel separates ....................................................... from ........................................................

8. ....................................................... crosses London and flows into ........................................................

9. The Hawaiian Islands are in the middle of ........................................................

Countries: United Kingdom, France, Great Britain
Oceans and seas: Atlantic Ocean, Pacific Ocean, North Sea
Rivers: Mississippi, Missouri, Thames
Lakes: Lake Superior, Lake Huron, Lake Michigan 
Islands: Caribbean Islands, Seychelles, Madagascar

1. ....................................................... and ....................................................... rivers cross the central area of the USA.

2. Cuba is the largest of ....................................................... .

3. ......................................................., ....................................................... and ....................................................... are three of the Great Lakes.

4. The Gulf Stream reaches the British Isles after crossing ........................................................

5. ....................................................... comprises England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland.

6. ....................................................... and ....................................................... are in the Indian Ocean.

7. The Channel separates ....................................................... from ........................................................

8. ....................................................... crosses London and flows into ........................................................

9. The Hawaiian Islands are in the middle of ........................................................

Soluzioni

1. The Mississippi and the Missouri rivers cross the central area of the USA.

2. Cuba is the largest of the Caribbean Islands.

3. Lake Superior, Lake Huron and Lake Michigan are three of the Great Lakes.

4. The Gulf Stream reaches the British Isles after crossing the Atlantic Ocean.

5. The United Kingdom comprises England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland.

6. The Seychelles and Madagascar are in the Indian Ocean.

7. The Channel separates France from Great Britain.

8. The Thame crosses London and flows into the North Sea.

9. The Hawaiian Islands are in the middle of the Pacific Ocean.

Livello B2-C1 Phrasal verbs (2): transitivi

Completa le frasi con i phrasal verbs dati. Usa i tempi verbali appropriati.

Esempio
His father ................................... for swearing.
His father told him off for swearing.

come up with • carry out • give up • tell off • be fed up with • put off

1. I .......................................... doing the same things every weekend.

2. The wedding has been .......................................... until next month.

3. I have .......................................... trying to understand the subtleties of the Hungarian language.

4. It isn’t always easy to .......................................... orders during a war.

5. Last week Christine .......................................... a new idea to make money.

Esempio
His father ................................... for swearing.
His father told him off for swearing.

come up with • carry out • give up • tell off • be fed up with • put off

1. I .......................................... doing the same things every weekend.

2. The wedding has been .......................................... until next month.

3. I have .......................................... trying to understand the subtleties of the Hungarian language.

4. It isn’t always easy to .......................................... orders during a war.

5. Last week Christine .......................................... a new idea to make money.

Soluzioni
  1. am fed up with
  2. put off
  3. given up
  4. carry out
  5. came up with
Livello B1 Compartivo di uguaglianza e minoranza

Completa le frasi con il comparativo di uguaglianza per le parole date in ordine sparso.

much money • old • much food • far • formally • crowded • many people • comfortable • straight

Esempio
I live ............................................ from work ............................................ my colleague Mary.
I live as far from work as my colleague Mary.

1. There weren’t ................................................... usual at the trade fair.

2. The Hotel Moon is ................................................... the Hotel Sun.

3. We don’t earn ................................................... our parents did.

4. The town centre was ................................................... usual.

5. If you are on a diet, you can’t eat ................................................... you like.

6. He is not ................................................... he looks.

7. Mary’s hair is ................................................... Barbara’s, her younger sister.

8. I don’t dress ................................................... my sister.

much money • old • much food • far • formally • crowded • many people • comfortable • straight

Esempio
I live ............................................ from work ............................................ my colleague Mary.
I live as far from work as my colleague Mary.

1. There weren’t ................................................... usual at the trade fair.

2. The Hotel Moon is ................................................... the Hotel Sun.

3. We don’t earn ................................................... our parents did.

4. The town centre was ................................................... usual.

5. If you are on a diet, you can’t eat ................................................... you like.

6. He is not ................................................... he looks.

7. Mary’s hair is ................................................... Barbara’s, her younger sister.

8. I don’t dress ................................................... my sister.

Soluzioni
  1. so/as many people as
  2. as comfortable as
  3. as much money as
  4. as crowded as
  5. as much food as
  6. as old as
  7. as straight as
  8. as formally as
Livello A2-B1 Past simple del verbo to be

Completa le frasi con il past simple del verbo to be e, quando possibile, usa risposte brevi.

Esempio
How many people .......................................... there at the concert?
How many people were there at the concert?

1. “Where ..................................... you born?” “I ..................................... born in the USA.”

2. “..................................... the Beatles from Manchester?” “No, they .......................................................................... from Liverpool.”

3. “..................................... the American Revolution in the 18th century?” “Yes, ......................................”

4. “What ..................................... the weather like at the seaside?” “It ..................................... hot and dry.”

5. “..................................... you and your friends at Barbara’s birthday party?” “No, ......................................”

6. The boys ..................................... hot and hungry after the race.

7. “We ..................................... at home yesterday (not).” “Where ..................................... you then?” “We ..................................... at the gym.”

8. There ..................................... lots of people at the Umbria Jazz Festival.

Esempio
How many people .......................................... there at the concert?
How many people were there at the concert?

1. “Where ..................................... you born?” “I ..................................... born in the USA.”

2. “..................................... the Beatles from Manchester?” “No, they .......................................................................... from Liverpool.”

3. “..................................... the American Revolution in the 18th century?” “Yes, ......................................”

4. “What ..................................... the weather like at the seaside?” “It ..................................... hot and dry.”

5. “..................................... you and your friends at Barbara’s birthday party?” “No, ......................................”

6. The boys ..................................... hot and hungry after the race.

7. “We ..................................... at home yesterday (not).” “Where ..................................... you then?” “We ..................................... at the gym.”

8. There ..................................... lots of people at the Umbria Jazz Festival.

Soluzioni

1. “Where were you born?” “I was born in the USA.”

2. “Were the Beatles from Manchester?” “No, they were from Liverpool.”

3. “Was the American Revolution in the 18th century?” “Yes, it was

4. “What was the weather like at the seaside?” “It was hot and dry.”

5. “Were you and your friends at Barbara’s birthday party?” “No, we weren't

6. The boys were hot and hungry after the race.

7. “We weren't at home yesterday (not).” “Where were you then?” “We were at the gym.”

8. There were lots of people at the Umbria Jazz Festival.

Livello A2-B1 Present continuous

Completa le frasi con il present continuous dei verbi tra parentesi, in forma contratta quando possibile.

Esempio:
He ...................................................... an apple (eat).
He’s eating an apple.

  1. She ............................................................ an interesting novel (read).
  2. What ............................................................ she ............................................................ (do)? She ............................................................ her son (help).
  3. They ............................................................ constantly ............................................................ the rules (break).
  4. The sun ............................................................ (shine). It’s a beautiful day.
  5. The water ............................................................ in the bath (run).
  6. We ............................................................ breakfast on the balcony this morning (have).
  7. He ............................................................ to work today (not/come).
  8. It ............................................................ cats and dogs (a catinelle) (rain). I ............................................................ out (not/go).

Esempio:
He ...................................................... an apple (eat).
He’s eating an apple.

  1. She ............................................................ an interesting novel (read).
  2. What ............................................................ she ............................................................ (do)? She ............................................................ her son (help).
  3. They ............................................................ constantly ............................................................ the rules (break).
  4. The sun ............................................................ (shine). It’s a beautiful day.
  5. The water ............................................................ in the bath (run).
  6. We ............................................................ breakfast on the balcony this morning (have).
  7. He ............................................................ to work today (not/come).
  8. It ............................................................ cats and dogs (a catinelle) (rain). I ............................................................ out (not/go).
Soluzioni
  1. She 's reading an interesting novel (read).
  2. What 's she doing (do)? She 's helping her son (help).
  3. They 're constantly breaking the rules (break).
  4. The sun 's shining (shine). It’s a beautiful day.
  5. The water 's running in the bath (run).
  6. We 're having breakfast on the balcony this morning (have).
  7. He isn't coming to work today (not/come).
  8. It 's raising cats and dogs (a catinelle) (rain). I 'm not going out (not/go).
Livello A2 Pronomi personali soggetto
Completa le frasi con il pronome personale soggetto riferito alle parole in corsivo.

Esempio:
I like Mrs Smith, my teacher. She is very good.

  1. “Where is my pen?” “..................................................... is here.”
  2. Mr Rogers isn’t a doctor from England. ............................. is from Ireland.
  3. Ann and I are cousins. ..................................................... are in the same course.
  4. Jack Lewis is our English teacher. ........................................... is very nice.
  5. My parents are on holiday. ..................................................... are in Spain.
  6. “Where is Carol?” “.................................................... is at work.”
  7. “Are Mary and Mark from England?” “No, ....................... are American.”
  8. The photograph is on the table. ................................................ is beautiful.
  9. “Is your car in the garage?” “No, .............................................. is on the street.”
  10. “Where is Fernando from?” “..................................................... is from Spain.”
  11. Mary is my cousin. ..................................................... is in the USA on holiday.
  12. “Is Mrs Bernard English?” “No. ................................................... is American.”

Esempio:
I like Mrs Smith, my teacher. She is very good.

  1. “Where is my pen?” “..................................................... is here.”
  2. Mr Rogers isn’t a doctor from England. ............................. is from Ireland.
  3. Ann and I are cousins. ..................................................... are in the same course.
  4. Jack Lewis is our English teacher. ........................................... is very nice.
  5. My parents are on holiday. ..................................................... are in Spain.
  6. “Where is Carol?” “.................................................... is at work.”
  7. “Are Mary and Mark from England?” “No, ....................... are American.”
  8. The photograph is on the table. ................................................ is beautiful.
  9. “Is your car in the garage?” “No, .............................................. is on the street.”
  10. “Where is Fernando from?” “..................................................... is from Spain.”
  11. Mary is my cousin. ..................................................... is in the USA on holiday.
  12. “Is Mrs Bernard English?” “No. ................................................... is American.”
Soluzioni
  1. “Where is my pen?” “It is here.”
  2. Mr Rogers isn’t a doctor from England. He is from Ireland.
  3. Ann and I are cousins. We are in the same course.
  4. Jack Lewis is our English teacher. He is very nice.
  5. My parents are on holiday. They are in Spain.
  6. “Where is Carol?” “She is at work.”
  7. “Are Mary and Mark from England?” “No, They are American.”
  8. The photograph is on the table. It is beautiful.
  9. “Is your car in the garage?” “No, It is on the street.”
  10. “Where is Fernando from?” “He is from Spain.”
  11. Mary is my cousin. She is in the USA on holiday.
  12. “Is Mrs Bernard English?” “No. She is American.”
Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)

Completa le frasi con la forma affermativa semplice del verbo to be.

Esempio: They are Spanish.

  1. I .................... Barbara and he ...................... my brother Paul.
  2. They ....................... my new schoolmates.
  3. This ....................... Mrs Evans. She ....................... the new teacher.
  4. We ....................... at work today.
  5. You ....................... a nice person.
  6. Perugia ....................... in the centre of Italy.
  7. My sister and I ....................... twins.
  8. She ....................... from Bristol, England.

 

Esempio: They are Spanish.

  1. I .................... Barbara and he ...................... my brother Paul.
  2. They ....................... my new schoolmates.
  3. This ....................... Mrs Evans. She ....................... the new teacher.
  4. We ....................... at work today.
  5. You ....................... a nice person.
  6. Perugia ....................... in the centre of Italy.
  7. My sister and I ....................... twins.
  8. She ....................... from Bristol, England.

 

Soluzioni
  1. I am Barbara and he is my brother Paul.
  2. They are my new schoolmates.
  3. This is Mrs Evans. She is the new teacher.
  4. We are at work today.
  5. You are a nice person.
  6. Perugia is in the centre of Italy.
  7. My sister and I are twins.
  8. She is from Bristol, England.
Livello B1-B2 Can, could, may, might/to be able to

Completa le frasi con la forma corretta dei modali can, can’t, could, may e might. Attenzione: a volte sono possibili due soluzioni.

Esempio
They ....................................... be away for the weekend but I’m not sure.
They might be away for the weekend but I’m not sure.

1. It ................................... be true about the monster in Loch ness. It’s impossible.

2. If we are lucky, tomorrow it ................................... be a sunny day.

3. You ................................... be right but I’m going to check anyway.

4. He ................................... be from France. He doesn’t speak French at all.

5. The exam ................................... be easy. There’s a strict selection.

6. Excuse me, ................................... you tell me the way to the station, please?

7. It ................................... be the right answer but I’ll check with the teacher.

8. She’s been studying ten hours a day during the last two months. She ................................... possibly fail.

Esempio
They ....................................... be away for the weekend but I’m not sure.
They might be away for the weekend but I’m not sure.

1. It ................................... be true about the monster in Loch ness. It’s impossible.

2. If we are lucky, tomorrow it ................................... be a sunny day.

3. You ................................... be right but I’m going to check anyway.

4. He ................................... be from France. He doesn’t speak French at all.

5. The exam ................................... be easy. There’s a strict selection.

6. Excuse me, ................................... you tell me the way to the station, please?

7. It ................................... be the right answer but I’ll check with the teacher.

8. She’s been studying ten hours a day during the last two months. She ................................... possibly fail.

Soluzioni
  1. can’t
  2. may/might
  3. may/might
  4. can’t
  5. can’t
  6. could
  7. may/might
  8. can’t
Livello B2-C1 Prepositional verbs

Completa le frasi con la forma corretta dei prepositional verbs dati in ordine sparso.

laugh at • supply with • think about • look at • listen to • apologise for • care about • deal with • apply for • depend on • suffer from • worry about • rely on

1. If you ............................................................... the video instructions you could have solved the problem.

2. We might go trekking next weekend. However, it ............................................................... the weather.

3. You should never ............................................................... other students when they make mistakes.

4. Before ............................................................... that job you’d better ............................................................... other offers.

5. When you are in Britain you should never ............................................................... the weather. It is always changing.

6. By law, workers must be ............................................................... safety equipment.

7. You have studied hard so you don’t have to ............................................................... the exam.

7. I’ve been ............................................................... a terrible headache all day.

9. It’s a good offer. ............................................................... it and let me know.

10. I didn’t mean to offend anybody, so I won’t ............................................................... what I said.

11. The government is ............................................................... the recent outbreak of an infectious disease.

12. More and more people now really ............................................................... environmental issues.

laugh at • supply with • think about • look at • listen to • apologise for • care about • deal with • apply for • depend on • suffer from • worry about • rely on

1. If you ............................................................... the video instructions you could have solved the problem.

2. We might go trekking next weekend. However, it ............................................................... the weather.

3. You should never ............................................................... other students when they make mistakes.

4. Before ............................................................... that job you’d better ............................................................... other offers.

5. When you are in Britain you should never ............................................................... the weather. It is always changing.

6. By law, workers must be ............................................................... safety equipment.

7. You have studied hard so you don’t have to ............................................................... the exam.

7. I’ve been ............................................................... a terrible headache all day.

9. It’s a good offer. ............................................................... it and let me know.

10. I didn’t mean to offend anybody, so I won’t ............................................................... what I said.

11. The government is ............................................................... the recent outbreak of an infectious disease.

12. More and more people now really ............................................................... environmental issues.

Soluzioni
  1. listen to
  2. depends on
  3. laugh at
  4. applying for look at
  5. rely on
  6. supplied with
  7. worry about
  8. suffering from
  9. Think about
  10. apologise for
  11. dealing with
  12. care about
Livello B2-C1 Verbi di percezione

Completa le frasi con la forma corretta dei seguenti verbi di percezione.

look • sound • feel • smell • taste

1. We heard something that ............................................................... like a mouse.

2. The dream ............................................................... so real that I woke up in a sweat.

3. Ethiopian coffee ............................................................... sweeter than Italian coffee.

4. He ............................................................... as if he hadn’t slept all night. His face was so drawn.

5. I could ............................................................... freshly baked bread.

look • sound • feel • smell • taste

1. We heard something that ............................................................... like a mouse.

2. The dream ............................................................... so real that I woke up in a sweat.

3. Ethiopian coffee ............................................................... sweeter than Italian coffee.

4. He ............................................................... as if he hadn’t slept all night. His face was so drawn.

5. I could ............................................................... freshly baked bread.

Soluzioni
  1. sounded
  2. felt
  3. tastes
  4. looked
  5. smell
Livello B2-C1 Verbi seguiti da forma in -ing o infinito

Completa le frasi con la forma corretta dei verbi dati.

Esempio
He suggested ................................... the ferry and not the plane this time.
He suggested taking the ferry and not the plane this time.

pass • inform • work • eat • leave • have • live • encourage • take

1. I’m pleased I’m a teacher. I’d hate ...................................................................... in an office.

2. After driving for two hours we stopped ...................................................................... a coffee.

3. They just love ...................................................................... in Italy. The food is so good!

4. I didn’t expect him ...................................................................... the exam. He hadn’t studied enough.

5. I’ve tried ...................................................................... him many times without any success.

6. I regret ...................................................................... you that your subscription has expired.

7. He is putting on weight, but still doesn’t stop ...................................................................... junk food.

8. Working in another country would mean ...................................................................... my friends and family.

Esempio
He suggested ................................... the ferry and not the plane this time.
He suggested taking the ferry and not the plane this time.

pass • inform • work • eat • leave • have • live • encourage • take

1. I’m pleased I’m a teacher. I’d hate ...................................................................... in an office.

2. After driving for two hours we stopped ...................................................................... a coffee.

3. They just love ...................................................................... in Italy. The food is so good!

4. I didn’t expect him ...................................................................... the exam. He hadn’t studied enough.

5. I’ve tried ...................................................................... him many times without any success.

6. I regret ...................................................................... you that your subscription has expired.

7. He is putting on weight, but still doesn’t stop ...................................................................... junk food.

8. Working in another country would mean ...................................................................... my friends and family.

Soluzioni
  1. to work
  2. to have
  3. living
  4. to pass
  5. to encourage
  6. to inform
  7. eating
  8. leaving
Livello B2-C1 Verbi seguiti da forma in -ing o infinito

Completa le frasi con la forma corretta dell’infinito o il gerundio.

1. We went to the train station ......................................................... (meet) our cousins.

2. I’d like ......................................................... (arrive) earlier. I wouldn’t have missed the beginning of the show.

3. She was angry because he didn’t remember ......................................................... (give) her a birthday present.

4. My hair needs ......................................................... (cut). It’s really too long.

5. I don’t feel like ......................................................... (go) out tonight. I’d prefer ......................................................... (stay) at home.

6. It was a wonderful evening. I really enjoyed ......................................................... (talk) to everyone.

7. These suitcases are heavy. Would you mind ......................................................... (carry) them for me?

8. I really can’t afford ......................................................... (buy) such an expensive car.

9. I have been thinking about ......................................................... (take) early retirement.

10. Try ......................................................... (not/drink) in the evening. You might sleep better.

11. If they hadn’t been tired, they would have gone on ......................................................... (dance).

12. I have been trying ......................................................... (learn) Chinese for many years, but with little success.

1. We went to the train station ......................................................... (meet) our cousins.

2. I’d like ......................................................... (arrive) earlier. I wouldn’t have missed the beginning of the show.

3. She was angry because he didn’t remember ......................................................... (give) her a birthday present.

4. My hair needs ......................................................... (cut). It’s really too long.

5. I don’t feel like ......................................................... (go) out tonight. I’d prefer ......................................................... (stay) at home.

6. It was a wonderful evening. I really enjoyed ......................................................... (talk) to everyone.

7. These suitcases are heavy. Would you mind ......................................................... (carry) them for me?

8. I really can’t afford ......................................................... (buy) such an expensive car.

9. I have been thinking about ......................................................... (take) early retirement.

10. Try ......................................................... (not/drink) in the evening. You might sleep better.

11. If they hadn’t been tired, they would have gone on ......................................................... (dance).

12. I have been trying ......................................................... (learn) Chinese for many years, but with little success.

Soluzioni
  1. to meet
  2. to have arrived
  3. to give
  4. cutting
  5. going to stay
  6. talking
  7. carrying
  8. to buy
  9. taking
  10. not to drink
  11. dancing
  12. to learn
Livello B2-C1 Fare + infinito, verbi causativi

Completa le frasi con la forma corretta di have e il participio passato dei verbi dati tra parentesi.

Esempio
Do you think you’ll ...................................... the bathroom ...................................... (repaint)?
Do you think you’ll have the bathroom repainted?

1. I’m having difficulty reading the road signs. I’d better ......................................... my eyes ......................................... (test).

2. I’ll order the books on the internet and ......................................... them ......................................... to your new address (send).

3. She ......................................... her car ......................................... last week but it still doesn’t work properly (repair).

4. Where are the students? They’re in the gym ......................................... their photo ......................................... for the school magazine (take).

5. Oh dear! My coat’s dirty again. I’ll have to ......................................... it ......................................... for the second time this month (dry-clean).

Esempio
Do you think you’ll ...................................... the bathroom ...................................... (repaint)?
Do you think you’ll have the bathroom repainted?

1. I’m having difficulty reading the road signs. I’d better ......................................... my eyes ......................................... (test).

2. I’ll order the books on the internet and ......................................... them ......................................... to your new address (send).

3. She ......................................... her car ......................................... last week but it still doesn’t work properly (repair).

4. Where are the students? They’re in the gym ......................................... their photo ......................................... for the school magazine (take).

5. Oh dear! My coat’s dirty again. I’ll have to ......................................... it ......................................... for the second time this month (dry-clean).

Soluzioni
  1. have tested
  2. have sent
  3. had repaired
  4. having taken
  5. have dry-cleaned
Livello B1-B2 Dovere: altre forme

Completa le frasi con la forma corretta di to be to, to owe, to be due.

1. We ............................ finish the presentation by next week.

2. John .................. his mother a lot for his culinary skills.

3. Children ................................ (neg) to cross the road on their own.

4. The rise in crime is mainly ............................ social and economic factors.

5. The train is ............................ arrive at Edinburgh Waverley Station at 9.12.

6. I think you ............................ him an apology for what you said.

7. “You ............................ rest until the wound has completely healed,” the doctor said.

8. The company ............................ money to more than 60 banks.

1. We ............................ finish the presentation by next week.

2. John .................. his mother a lot for his culinary skills.

3. Children ................................ (neg) to cross the road on their own.

4. The rise in crime is mainly ............................ social and economic factors.

5. The train is ............................ arrive at Edinburgh Waverley Station at 9.12.

6. I think you ............................ him an apology for what you said.

7. “You ............................ rest until the wound has completely healed,” the doctor said.

8. The company ............................ money to more than 60 banks.

Soluzioni
  1. are to
  2. owes
  3. are not
  4. due to
  5. due to
  6. owe
  7. are to
  8. owes
Livello B2-C1 Fare + infinito, verbi causativi

Completa le frasi con la forma corretta di to make, to let e to get, usando i verbi dati.

tidy • use • stay • phone • promise • come • go • send • write

Esempio
My mother never ...................... me ...................... into the kitchen so now I can’t cook.
My mother never let me come into the kitchen so now I can’t cook.

1. Does your maths teacher ........................ you ........................ a calculator during the lesson?

2. I can’t ........................ the children ........................ to bed in the evening. They never seem to be tired.

3. When Ray told me his secrets, he ........................ me ........................ not to tell anyone.

4. Zoe always ........................ me ........................ at her house when I’m in town.

5. I ........................ my mother ........................ me some money from England last week.

6. Justin’s parents ........................ him ........................ his room before he goes out to see his friends.

7. Julia’s mother doesn’t ........................ her ........................ her boyfriend until she’s done the washing-up.

8. Can you please ........................ someone ........................ his letter? My French isn’t very good.

tidy • use • stay • phone • promise • come • go • send • write

Esempio
My mother never ...................... me ...................... into the kitchen so now I can’t cook.
My mother never let me come into the kitchen so now I can’t cook.

1. Does your maths teacher ........................ you ........................ a calculator during the lesson?

2. I can’t ........................ the children ........................ to bed in the evening. They never seem to be tired.

3. When Ray told me his secrets, he ........................ me ........................ not to tell anyone.

4. Zoe always ........................ me ........................ at her house when I’m in town.

5. I ........................ my mother ........................ me some money from England last week.

6. Justin’s parents ........................ him ........................ his room before he goes out to see his friends.

7. Julia’s mother doesn’t ........................ her ........................ her boyfriend until she’s done the washing-up.

8. Can you please ........................ someone ........................ his letter? My French isn’t very good.

Soluzioni
  1. let you use
  2. get - to go
  3. made me promise
  4. lets - stay
  5. got - to send
  6. make him tidy
  7. let her phone
  8. get someone to write
Livello B2-C1 Prepositional verbs

Completa le frasi con la forma giusta dei prepositional verbs dati.

account for • prevent from • hope for • approve of • depend on • apply for • provide with • suffer from

Esempio
Those on low income should be ................................. free education and health services.
Those on low income should be provided with free education and health services.

1. If someone has to ........................................ an action, it means they are responsible for it.

2. She’s ........................................ a serious disease, which causes constant pain.

3. I have my job now and I no longer ........................................ my parents for money.

4. The survey shows that the majority of people ........................................ the government’s decisions.

5. The policies succeeded in ........................................ the robbers ........................................ escaping.

6. You can ........................................ grants at the admin office at the Education Department.

7. Although we always ........................................ the best, we are also prepared for the worst.

account for • prevent from • hope for • approve of • depend on • apply for • provide with • suffer from

Esempio
Those on low income should be ................................. free education and health services.
Those on low income should be provided with free education and health services.

1. If someone has to ........................................ an action, it means they are responsible for it.

2. She’s ........................................ a serious disease, which causes constant pain.

3. I have my job now and I no longer ........................................ my parents for money.

4. The survey shows that the majority of people ........................................ the government’s decisions.

5. The policies succeeded in ........................................ the robbers ........................................ escaping.

6. You can ........................................ grants at the admin office at the Education Department.

7. Although we always ........................................ the best, we are also prepared for the worst.

Soluzioni
  1. account for
  2. suffering from
  3. depend on
  4. approve of
  5. preventing from
  6. apply for
  7. hope for
Livello B2-C1 Verbi di percezione

Completa le frasi con la forma giusta dei verbi dati.

shake • attack • bake • leave • flash • sing • rob • knock

1. I heard birds ............................................................... outside my window this morning. They woke me up.

2. I was almost asleep last night when I heard someone ............................................................... at the door.

3. I noticed red lights ............................................................... ahead. The police stopped me to check my documents.

4. When I am out for a walk, I usually get hungry. I can always smell pizza ............................................................... .

5. I felt the ground ............................................................... last night. It was a small earthquake.

6. Last night I saw a man ............................................................... by a dog in front of my house.

7. We went to the police after we had seen a woman ............................................................... .

8. He was seen ............................................................... without saying goodbye to anybody.

shake • attack • bake • leave • flash • sing • rob • knock

1. I heard birds ............................................................... outside my window this morning. They woke me up.

2. I was almost asleep last night when I heard someone ............................................................... at the door.

3. I noticed red lights ............................................................... ahead. The police stopped me to check my documents.

4. When I am out for a walk, I usually get hungry. I can always smell pizza ............................................................... .

5. I felt the ground ............................................................... last night. It was a small earthquake.

6. Last night I saw a man ............................................................... by a dog in front of my house.

7. We went to the police after we had seen a woman ............................................................... .

8. He was seen ............................................................... without saying goodbye to anybody.

Soluzioni
  1. singing
  2. knock
  3. flashing
  4. being baked
  5. shake
  6. being attacked
  7. being robbed
  8. leaving
Livello B2-C1 Verbi ed espressioni seguiti dalla forma in -ing

Completa le frasi con la forma in -ing dei verbi dati.

Esempio
He suggested ............................................ the ferry and not the plane this time.
He suggested taking the ferry and not the plane this time.

live • take • wait • work • stare • read • write • taste

1. I don’t mind ............................................................... for you. I’m not in a hurry.

2. He coudn’t help ............................................................... at her. He was attracted to her.

3. Haven’t you finished ............................................................... the letter yet?

4. I can’t imagine ............................................................... in a big crowded city.

5. There is nothing worth ............................................................... in this newspaper.

6. Do you fancy ............................................................... a piece of my home-made apple-pie?

7. “You can’t do it by yourelf. It involves ............................................................... in pairs,” said the teacher.

Esempio
He suggested ............................................ the ferry and not the plane this time.
He suggested taking the ferry and not the plane this time.

live • take • wait • work • stare • read • write • taste

1. I don’t mind ............................................................... for you. I’m not in a hurry.

2. He coudn’t help ............................................................... at her. He was attracted to her.

3. Haven’t you finished ............................................................... the letter yet?

4. I can’t imagine ............................................................... in a big crowded city.

5. There is nothing worth ............................................................... in this newspaper.

6. Do you fancy ............................................................... a piece of my home-made apple-pie?

7. “You can’t do it by yourelf. It involves ............................................................... in pairs,” said the teacher.

Soluzioni
  1. waiting
  2. staring
  3. writing
  4. living
  5. reading
  6. tasting
  7. working
Livello B2-C1 Forma passiva standard, Forma passiva: verbi con doppie costruzione, Forma passiva: particolarità

Completa le frasi con la forma passiva dei verbi tra parentesi.

THE RAVENS IN THE TOWER OF LONDON

The Tower of London (1) ...................................... (build) in 1078 by William the Conqueror and has served many purposes. It was once a prison where very famous people (2) ...................................... (torture) and (3) ...................................... (execute). Anne Boleyn (4) ...................................... (behead) there in 1536 for treason against her husband King Henry VIII. She (5) .................................................... (see) walking around the Tower with her head under her arm. In World War I, eleven German spies (6) .................................................................. (shoot) in the Tower, and in 1942 Hitler’s deputy, Rudolf Hess, (7) .......................................... (imprison) there for four days. However, the most important guests of the Tower are not people but birds. There have been six ravens in residence for centuries. It (8) .................................................. (not know) when they arrived. The oldest raven, who died at the age of forty-four, (9) ........................................... (call) Jim Crow. Legend says that if they leave the Tower, the Kingdom will fall, and so it is no surprise that they (10) ........................................ (treat) with extreme care. In fact, the birds (11) .................................................. (feed) by a special raven master every day while tourists watch in amazement. The birds (12) ...................................... (never record) absent at the Tower, except in 1946 after World War II. It is unlikely that the ravens will fly away again, because their wings (13) ...................................... (clip) whenever they are replaced. At the beginning of 2006, the ravens (14) ...................................... (move) indoors because of the avian flu scare, but now they can (15) ...................................... (see) by curious onlookers around the grounds of the Tower. There are seven ravens at the Tower today. They can easily (16) ...................................... (identify) by their coloured leg-rings. Of course, there are other things of interest to see at the Tower including the Crown Jewels, which (17) ...................................... (keep) there since 1303 after they (18) ...................................... (steal) from Westminster Abbey.

THE RAVENS IN THE TOWER OF LONDON

The Tower of London (1) ...................................... (build) in 1078 by William the Conqueror and has served many purposes. It was once a prison where very famous people (2) ...................................... (torture) and (3) ...................................... (execute). Anne Boleyn (4) ...................................... (behead) there in 1536 for treason against her husband King Henry VIII. She (5) .................................................... (see) walking around the Tower with her head under her arm. In World War I, eleven German spies (6) .................................................................. (shoot) in the Tower, and in 1942 Hitler’s deputy, Rudolf Hess, (7) .......................................... (imprison) there for four days. However, the most important guests of the Tower are not people but birds. There have been six ravens in residence for centuries. It (8) .................................................. (not know) when they arrived. The oldest raven, who died at the age of forty-four, (9) ........................................... (call) Jim Crow. Legend says that if they leave the Tower, the Kingdom will fall, and so it is no surprise that they (10) ........................................ (treat) with extreme care. In fact, the birds (11) .................................................. (feed) by a special raven master every day while tourists watch in amazement. The birds (12) ...................................... (never record) absent at the Tower, except in 1946 after World War II. It is unlikely that the ravens will fly away again, because their wings (13) ...................................... (clip) whenever they are replaced. At the beginning of 2006, the ravens (14) ...................................... (move) indoors because of the avian flu scare, but now they can (15) ...................................... (see) by curious onlookers around the grounds of the Tower. There are seven ravens at the Tower today. They can easily (16) ...................................... (identify) by their coloured leg-rings. Of course, there are other things of interest to see at the Tower including the Crown Jewels, which (17) ...................................... (keep) there since 1303 after they (18) ...................................... (steal) from Westminster Abbey.

Soluzioni
  1. was built
  2. were tortured
  3. executed
  4. was beheaded
  5. has been seen
  6. were shot
  7. was imprisoned
  8. is not known
  9. was called
  10. they are treated
  11. are fed
  12. have never been recorded
  13. are clipped
  14. were moved
  15. be seen
  16. be identified
  17. have been kept
  18. were stolen
Livello B1 Preposizioni di luogo e di moto (3)

Completa le frasi con la preposizione di luogo o di moto corretta.

 1. The coach is driving ............................................... the tunnel to reach the French mountains.

2. He found a banknote and put it ............................................... his pocket.

3. She saw an accident while she was driving ............................................... the motorway.

4. The athletes are cycling from the top of the hill ............................................... to the valley.

5. The ball went ............................................... the roof and we climbed ............................................... the wall to get it.

6. Please buy the tickets and wait ............................................... the castle opposite the entrance.

7. You can’t go ............................................... the cathedral without tickets. Entrance is not free.

8. He was sitting in the back rows ............................................... me, so I didn’t see him. 

 1. The coach is driving ............................................... the tunnel to reach the French mountains.

2. He found a banknote and put it ............................................... his pocket.

3. She saw an accident while she was driving ............................................... the motorway.

4. The athletes are cycling from the top of the hill ............................................... to the valley.

5. The ball went ............................................... the roof and we climbed ............................................... the wall to get it.

6. Please buy the tickets and wait ............................................... the castle opposite the entrance.

7. You can’t go ............................................... the cathedral without tickets. Entrance is not free.

8. He was sitting in the back rows ............................................... me, so I didn’t see him. 

Soluzioni
  1. through
  2. into
  3. on
  4. down
  5. onto up
  6. outside
  7. into
  8. behind
Livello B1-B2 Il futuro con altre forme

Completa le frasi con le altre forme di futuro e i verbi dati. Segui l’uso indicato tra parentesi.

present • board • retire • pass • start • give • win • rain

Esempio
Come and sit down. The conference ……………………. . (fatto imminente)
The conference is about to start.

1. My grandfather has worked for nearly 40 years. He ..................................... at the end of this year. (fatto certo)

2. The President .................................................... a speech on TV. (fatto ufficiale)

3. He’s a great champion. He ...................................................... the competition. (fatto previsto)

4. They are studying hard, so they ...................................................... the entry test. (fatto inevitabile)

5. Black clouds are quickly gathering. It ...................................................... . (fatto imminente)

6. We’ve got to hurry. Our plane ...................................................... in 15 minutes. (fatto certo)

7. Tomorrow at 9 the new Prime Minister ...................................................... the list of ministers. (fatto ufficiale)

present • board • retire • pass • start • give • win • rain

Esempio
Come and sit down. The conference ……………………. . (fatto imminente)
The conference is about to start.

1. My grandfather has worked for nearly 40 years. He ..................................... at the end of this year. (fatto certo)

2. The President .................................................... a speech on TV. (fatto ufficiale)

3. He’s a great champion. He ...................................................... the competition. (fatto previsto)

4. They are studying hard, so they ...................................................... the entry test. (fatto inevitabile)

5. Black clouds are quickly gathering. It ...................................................... . (fatto imminente)

6. We’ve got to hurry. Our plane ...................................................... in 15 minutes. (fatto certo)

7. Tomorrow at 9 the new Prime Minister ...................................................... the list of ministers. (fatto ufficiale)

Soluzioni
  1. is due to retire
  2. is to give
  3. is expected to win
  4. are bound to pass
  5. ’s about to rain
  6. is due to board
  7. is to present
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Completa le frasi con le espressioni date al present simple o al present continuous.

have a shower • have dinner • have a walk • have a sandwich • have a party • have a good time • have a nap • have a chat • have breakfast

Esempio: I only have a sandwich for lunch when I’m in town.

  1. Max always ...................................................................... after he plays football.
  2. Sam and I often ...................................................................... in the park after work.
  3. We’re ...................................................................... at my house next Saturday to celebrate my 18th birthday.
  4. I always ...................................................................... when I visit my aunt in Canada.
  5. In Spain people never ...................................................................... before 10 p.m.
  6. My grandfather gets up early but he always ...................................................................... in the afternoon.
  7. “Can I speak to your mother?” “No, I’m sorry. She’s ...................................................................... to a friend on the phone.”
  8. I never ...................................................................... on Sunday mornings because I get up too late.

have a shower • have dinner • have a walk • have a sandwich • have a party • have a good time • have a nap • have a chat • have breakfast

Esempio: I only have a sandwich for lunch when I’m in town.

  1. Max always ...................................................................... after he plays football.
  2. Sam and I often ...................................................................... in the park after work.
  3. We’re ...................................................................... at my house next Saturday to celebrate my 18th birthday.
  4. I always ...................................................................... when I visit my aunt in Canada.
  5. In Spain people never ...................................................................... before 10 p.m.
  6. My grandfather gets up early but he always ...................................................................... in the afternoon.
  7. “Can I speak to your mother?” “No, I’m sorry. She’s ...................................................................... to a friend on the phone.”
  8. I never ...................................................................... on Sunday mornings because I get up too late.
Soluzioni
  1. has a shower
  2. have a walk
  3. having a party
  4. have a good time
  5. have dinner
  6. has a nap
  7. having a chat
  8. have breakfast
Livello A2-B1 To have: usi particolari

Completa le frasi con le espressioni date in ordine sparso. Usa la forma corretta del verbo to have.

have a word with • have a holiday • have dinner • have a walk • have a look at • have a cup of coffee • have a party • have a nap • have an argument • have a shower

1. I always ....................................................................... along the riverbank after lunch. I need the exercise.

2. It’s my birthday next week so I am planning to ....................................................................... with all of my friends.

3. When Jason gets home from work he’s usually dirty so he ....................................................................... before dinner.

4. My Italian husband always ............................................................ in the morning but I prefer strong tea.

5. I always ....................................................................... shop windows before buying anything.

6. Try not to disturb your father. He’s ....................................................................... on the sofa.

7. “What time ............................................................... this evening?” “Not before 8 p.m. because I’m working till late.”

8. Just listen to that noise! The neighbours ....................................................................... again.

9. In two weeks’ time we ....................................................................... in Crete.

10. Can I ....................................................................... you, please? It’s about your dog.

have a word with • have a holiday • have dinner • have a walk • have a look at • have a cup of coffee • have a party • have a nap • have an argument • have a shower

1. I always ....................................................................... along the riverbank after lunch. I need the exercise.

2. It’s my birthday next week so I am planning to ....................................................................... with all of my friends.

3. When Jason gets home from work he’s usually dirty so he ....................................................................... before dinner.

4. My Italian husband always ............................................................ in the morning but I prefer strong tea.

5. I always ....................................................................... shop windows before buying anything.

6. Try not to disturb your father. He’s ....................................................................... on the sofa.

7. “What time ............................................................... this evening?” “Not before 8 p.m. because I’m working till late.”

8. Just listen to that noise! The neighbours ....................................................................... again.

9. In two weeks’ time we ....................................................................... in Crete.

10. Can I ....................................................................... you, please? It’s about your dog.

Soluzioni

1. I always have a walk along the riverbank after lunch. I need the exercise.

2. It’s my birthday next week so I am planning to have a party with all of my friends.

3. When Jason gets home from work he’s usually dirty so he has a shower before dinner.

4. My Italian husband always has a cup of coffee in the morning but I prefer strong tea.

5. I always have a look at shop windows before buying anything.

6. Try not to disturb your father. He’s having a nap on the sofa.

7. “What time are you having dinner this evening?” “Not before 8 p.m. because I’m working till late.”

8. Just listen to that noise! The neighbours are having an argument again.

9. In two weeks’ time we are having a holiday in Crete.

10. Can I have a word with you, please? It’s about your dog.

Livello B1 Usi particolari di comparativi e superlativi

Completa le frasi con le espressioni dell’esercizio precedente.

1. I would like to thank my publisher, my editor, and ............................................................... my wife for her support.

2. Following your instructions, I will send you the order by 5 p.m. ............................................................... .

3. The ....................................... you make a reservation, the ....................................... your chances are to get a table for Saturday night.

4. They don’t have chocolate ice cream, my favourite. I’ll have vanilla ice cream, it’s ............................................................... .

5. Some people believe that the two parts of Ireland will reunite ............................................................... .

6. Many farmers are trying ............................................................... of natural fertilizers to maintain soil fertility.

7. “Can I bring my friends to the party?” “Of course, ...............................................................!”

8. He’s very angry, don’t tell him the truth. Remember, ............................................................... .

9. I was not at all well last weekend, but I am ............................................................... now.

10. He had a bad cold and then, ..............................................................., he had a high temperature.

1. I would like to thank my publisher, my editor, and ............................................................... my wife for her support.

2. Following your instructions, I will send you the order by 5 p.m. ............................................................... .

3. The ....................................... you make a reservation, the ....................................... your chances are to get a table for Saturday night.

4. They don’t have chocolate ice cream, my favourite. I’ll have vanilla ice cream, it’s ............................................................... .

5. Some people believe that the two parts of Ireland will reunite ............................................................... .

6. Many farmers are trying ............................................................... of natural fertilizers to maintain soil fertility.

7. “Can I bring my friends to the party?” “Of course, ...............................................................!”

8. He’s very angry, don’t tell him the truth. Remember, ............................................................... .

9. I was not at all well last weekend, but I am ............................................................... now.

10. He had a bad cold and then, ..............................................................., he had a high temperature.

Soluzioni

1. I would like to thank my publisher, my editor, and last but not least my wife for her support.

2. Following your instructions, I will send you the order by 5 p.m. at the latest.

3. The sooner you make a reservation, the better your chances are to get a table for Saturday night.

4. They don’t have chocolate ice cream, my favourite. I’ll have vanilla ice cream, it’s better than nothing.

5. Some people believe that the two parts of Ireland will reunite sooner or later.

6. Many farmers are trying to make the most of natural fertilizers to maintain soil fertility.

7. “Can I bring my friends to the party?” “Of course, the more the merrier!”

8. He’s very angry, don’t tell him the truth. Remember, the less you say the better.

9. I was not at all well last weekend, but I am as right as rain now.

10. He had a bad cold and then, to make matters worse, he had a high temperature.

Livello B1 Preposizioni di luogo e di moto (3)

Completa le frasi con le parole date in ordine sparso (lista B), precedute da una preposizione di luogo (lista A).

Esempio
The cycle lane runs ......................................... .
The cycle lane runs along the river.

A
along 
1. out of
2. behind 
3. through 
4. over 
5. by 
6. outside 
7. beyond 
8. across

B
the river
1. the road
2. in the lounge
3. Garda
4. me
5. window
6. that point
7. the last fence
8. the tunnel

 

1. The train has just come ............................................................

2. I didn’t see him at the cinema because he was sitting ...............................................

3. The ball went ......................................................... the kitchen ......................................................... and broke a vase.

4. The dog jumped ........................................................... and won the agility competition.

5. He lives in a house ........................................................... Lake ........................................................... with a view of the Dolomites.

6. Let’s stay ........................................................... on the patio, it’s warmer than ............................................................

7. That is a military area, you can’t walk ............................................................

8. The burglars ran ........................................................... to escape from the police.

Esempio
The cycle lane runs ......................................... .
The cycle lane runs along the river.

A
along 
1. out of
2. behind 
3. through 
4. over 
5. by 
6. outside 
7. beyond 
8. across

B
the river
1. the road
2. in the lounge
3. Garda
4. me
5. window
6. that point
7. the last fence
8. the tunnel

 

1. The train has just come ............................................................

2. I didn’t see him at the cinema because he was sitting ...............................................

3. The ball went ......................................................... the kitchen ......................................................... and broke a vase.

4. The dog jumped ........................................................... and won the agility competition.

5. He lives in a house ........................................................... Lake ........................................................... with a view of the Dolomites.

6. Let’s stay ........................................................... on the patio, it’s warmer than ............................................................

7. That is a military area, you can’t walk ............................................................

8. The burglars ran ........................................................... to escape from the police.

Soluzioni
  1. out of the tunnel
  2. behind me
  3. through window
  4. over the last fence
  5. by Garda
  6. outside - in the lounge
  7. beyond that point
  8. across the road
Livello B1 Preposizioni di luogo (2)

Completa le frasi con le preposizioni date.

in front of • below • among • over • under (x2) • opposite • between • above (x2)

1. The man sitting ............................................. me is so tall that I can’t see the film.

2. They are building a new bridge ............................................. the river.

3. It is considered bad luck if you walk ............................................. a ladder.

4. There’s a bank ............................................. the cinema and the café. It’s only a few minutes’ walk from here.

5. The children found their ball this morning. It was ............................................. the bushes in the garden.

6. I live in the city centre, just ............................................. the food store, which is on the other side of the road.

7. We have bought a small house in the hills 500 metres ............................................. sea level.

8. She is very untidy. There is always a mess ............................................. her bed.

9. It has been very cold this week. The temperature has dropped 5 degrees ............................................. zero. Last week it was 10 ..............................................

in front of • below • among • over • under (x2) • opposite • between • above (x2)

1. The man sitting ............................................. me is so tall that I can’t see the film.

2. They are building a new bridge ............................................. the river.

3. It is considered bad luck if you walk ............................................. a ladder.

4. There’s a bank ............................................. the cinema and the café. It’s only a few minutes’ walk from here.

5. The children found their ball this morning. It was ............................................. the bushes in the garden.

6. I live in the city centre, just ............................................. the food store, which is on the other side of the road.

7. We have bought a small house in the hills 500 metres ............................................. sea level.

8. She is very untidy. There is always a mess ............................................. her bed.

9. It has been very cold this week. The temperature has dropped 5 degrees ............................................. zero. Last week it was 10 ..............................................

Soluzioni
  1. in front of
  2. over
  3. under
  4. between
  5. among
  6. opposite
  7. above
  8. under
  9. below - above
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di tempo: at, in, on

Completa le frasi con le preposizioni di tempo.

  1. The train is arriving at the station ............................. time.
  2. I don’t like driving ............................. night.
  3. Paul works in a pub ............................. the weekend.
  4. Classes begin ............................. September 15th.
  5. We often go to Paris ............................. spring.
  6. My mother often gets up ............................. dawn.
  7. Christopher Columbus sailed to America ............................ 1492.
  8. ............................. noon we always have a quick lunch.
  1. The train is arriving at the station ............................. time.
  2. I don’t like driving ............................. night.
  3. Paul works in a pub ............................. the weekend.
  4. Classes begin ............................. September 15th.
  5. We often go to Paris ............................. spring.
  6. My mother often gets up ............................. dawn.
  7. Christopher Columbus sailed to America ............................ 1492.
  8. ............................. noon we always have a quick lunch.
Soluzioni
  1. The train is arriving at the station on time.
  2. I don’t like driving at night.
  3. Paul works in a pub at the weekend.
  4. Classes begin on September 15th.
  5. We often go to Paris in spring.
  6. My mother often gets up at dawn.
  7. Christopher Columbus sailed to America in 1492.
  8. At noon we always have a quick lunch.
Livello B2-C1 Phrasal verbs (2): transitivi

Completa le frasi con le prepozioni/gli avverbi dati.

on • up • out • in • after • up • out

Esempio
This puzzle is difficult. I can’t work it ........................... .
I can’t work it out.

1. Please fill ....................................... the questionnaire.

2. She brought ....................................... six children all on her own.

3. We put ....................................... our backpacks and started walking.

4. You must carry ....................................... my orders if you want to work here.

5. It’s hard to give ....................................... eating cakes.

6. My father takes ....................................... my grandmother.

on • up • out • in • after • up • out

Esempio
This puzzle is difficult. I can’t work it ........................... .
I can’t work it out.

1. Please fill ....................................... the questionnaire.

2. She brought ....................................... six children all on her own.

3. We put ....................................... our backpacks and started walking.

4. You must carry ....................................... my orders if you want to work here.

5. It’s hard to give ....................................... eating cakes.

6. My father takes ....................................... my grandmother.

Soluzioni
  1. in
  2. up
  3. on
  4. out
  5. up
  6. after
Livello A2 I dimostrativi: this, that, these, those

Completa le frasi con l’aggettivo o il pronome dimostrativo seguito da “one/ones” quando necessario.

Esempio:
I’m very nervous ...................... days. ...................... is a bad period for me!
I’m very nervous these days. This is a bad period for me!

  1. ........................... smartphone here is from China and ........................... over there (laggiù) is from Japan.
  2. ........................... boys over there are my new classmates.

  3. ........................... shirt is too small for me. ........................... over there is the right size.

  4. The bus stop is over there next to ........................... bank.

  5. Who is ........................... boy near the post office?

  6. Are ........................... jackets over there on sale?
    No, only ........................... one here.

  7. How much is ........................... scarf here in the window?

  8. I don’t like ........................... red T-shirt here. I prefer the blue .......................... over there.

Esempio:
I’m very nervous ...................... days. ...................... is a bad period for me!
I’m very nervous these days. This is a bad period for me!

  1. ........................... smartphone here is from China and ........................... over there (laggiù) is from Japan.
  2. ........................... boys over there are my new classmates.

  3. ........................... shirt is too small for me. ........................... over there is the right size.

  4. The bus stop is over there next to ........................... bank.

  5. Who is ........................... boy near the post office?

  6. Are ........................... jackets over there on sale?
    No, only ........................... one here.

  7. How much is ........................... scarf here in the window?

  8. I don’t like ........................... red T-shirt here. I prefer the blue .......................... over there.

Soluzioni
  1. This smartphone here is from China and that one over there (laggiù) is from Japan.
  2. Those boys over there are my new classmates.
  3. This shirt is too small for me. That one over there is the right size.
  4. The bus stop is over there next to that bank.
  5. Who is that boy near the post office?
  6. Are those jackets over there on sale?
    No, only this one here.
  7. How much is this scarf here in the window?
  8. I don’t like this red T-shirt here. I prefer the blue one over there.
Livello A2 Aggettivi possessivi
Completa le frasi con l’aggettivo possessivo adeguato, facendo attenzione al soggetto.

Esempio: Mary and Paul are with their parents.

  1. We are ready! .................................... taxi is over there.
  2. Mr Collins is on holiday with .................................... family.
  3. What’s .................................... phone number, James?
  4. Mary is in .................................... bedroom, she’s tired.
  5. My town is small but .................................... shopping centre is really big!
  6. The new neighbours are English but .................................... mother’s from Australia.
  7. “How are .................................... children, Mrs Miller?” “They’re OK, thanks.”
  8. “Is she ............................. girlfriend, Robert?” “Yes, she is. ............................................. name’s Emily.”

Esempio: Mary and Paul are with their parents.

  1. We are ready! .................................... taxi is over there.
  2. Mr Collins is on holiday with .................................... family.
  3. What’s .................................... phone number, James?
  4. Mary is in .................................... bedroom, she’s tired.
  5. My town is small but .................................... shopping centre is really big!
  6. The new neighbours are English but .................................... mother’s from Australia.
  7. “How are .................................... children, Mrs Miller?” “They’re OK, thanks.”
  8. “Is she ............................. girlfriend, Robert?” “Yes, she is. ............................................. name’s Emily.”
Soluzioni
  1. We are ready! Our taxi is over there.
  2. Mr Collins is on holiday with his family.
  3. What’s your phone number, James?
  4. Mary is in her bedroom, she’s tired.
  5. My town is small but its shopping centre is really big!
  6. The new neighbours are English but their mother’s from Australia.
  7. “How are your children, Mrs Miller?” “They’re OK, thanks.”
  8. “Is she your girlfriend, Robert?” “Yes, she is. Her name’s Emily.”
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (4)

Completa le frasi con l’alternativa corretta.

1. Jeremy locks it up every evening ............................................. nobody can steal it.
a. in case of
b. so that
c. as if

2. I’ll take a day off ..................................................... the boss says it is ok.
a. as long as
b. so as to
c. as though

3. Take your camera with you, just .............................................. mine doesn’t work.
a. in order to
b. in case
c. in case of

4. Our house has been designed .................................................... resist earthquakes.
a. so that
b. provided that
c. so as to

5. You will be at the meeting on time ........................................... you go by car.
a. so as if
b. provided that
c. whether

6. ..................................................... I hear from you, I’ll see you at the time we arranged.
a. Unless
b. As
c. Whether

1. Jeremy locks it up every evening ............................................. nobody can steal it.
a. in case of
b. so that
c. as if

2. I’ll take a day off ..................................................... the boss says it is ok.
a. as long as
b. so as to
c. as though

3. Take your camera with you, just .............................................. mine doesn’t work.
a. in order to
b. in case
c. in case of

4. Our house has been designed .................................................... resist earthquakes.
a. so that
b. provided that
c. so as to

5. You will be at the meeting on time ........................................... you go by car.
a. so as if
b. provided that
c. whether

6. ..................................................... I hear from you, I’ll see you at the time we arranged.
a. Unless
b. As
c. Whether

Soluzioni
  1. b
  2. a
  3. b
  4. c
  5. b
  6. a
Livello B1-B2 Volere: will e would come verbi modali

Completa le frasi con l’uso corretto dei modali will o would e i verbi dati.

take • apologise • answer (x2) • admit • do • stop • eat • fill in • give • help

1. My school friend Linda was a smart student. She .............................. always ................................... notes and ................................... the teacher’s questions correctly.

2. He often behaves badly and just ................................... (neg).

3. After we had an argument, I called him many times but he ................................... .

4. He can’t see well. He needs glasses, but he just ................................... it (neg).

5. ................................... you please ................................... all the fields in this form? Some details are missing.

6. Paul, ................................... you ................................... me a hand with this heavy box?

7. When my daughter was young, she ................................. never ................................... me in the kitchen.

8. I keep on telling my son to tidy his room but he just ................................... it.

9. When I was young, I ................................... fish but now I eat it quite often.

10. ................................... you ................................... interrupting me all the time? You’re really annoying.

take • apologise • answer (x2) • admit • do • stop • eat • fill in • give • help

1. My school friend Linda was a smart student. She .............................. always ................................... notes and ................................... the teacher’s questions correctly.

2. He often behaves badly and just ................................... (neg).

3. After we had an argument, I called him many times but he ................................... .

4. He can’t see well. He needs glasses, but he just ................................... it (neg).

5. ................................... you please ................................... all the fields in this form? Some details are missing.

6. Paul, ................................... you ................................... me a hand with this heavy box?

7. When my daughter was young, she ................................. never ................................... me in the kitchen.

8. I keep on telling my son to tidy his room but he just ................................... it.

9. When I was young, I ................................... fish but now I eat it quite often.

10. ................................... you ................................... interrupting me all the time? You’re really annoying.

Soluzioni
  1. would - take - answer
  2. won’t apologise
  3. wouldn’t answer
  4. won’t admit
  5. Would - fill in
  6. will - give
  7. would - help
  8. won’t do
  9. wouldn’t eat
  10. Would - stop
Livello B1 Present perfect simple

Completa le frasi con l’uso corretto del present perfect simple dei verbi e degli avverbi dati.

Esempio
A lot of things ................................................ in my life (change, recently).
A lot of things have recently changed in my life.

 

1. I ............................................................. the film “Star Wars”. I don’t like science-fiction films (see, never).

2. ........................................................... you ........................................................... refurbishing your house ........................................................... (finish, yet)?

3. My cousin is a fantastic writer. He ........................................................... ten very creative short stories in the last year (write).

4. The train from Rome ........................................................... due to engine failure (not arrive, yet).

5. Robert lives in Colorado, hundreds of miles from the coast, so he ........................................................... the ocean (see, never).

6. In the last hundred years travelling ........................................................... much easier and cheaper (become).

7. Several climbers ........................................................... to reach the top ........................................................... (try, so far), but nobody ........................................................... (succeed, ever).

8. I ........................................................... (visit, already) the USA but I ........................................................... to the Middle East (travel, never).

Esempio
A lot of things ................................................ in my life (change, recently).
A lot of things have recently changed in my life.

 

1. I ............................................................. the film “Star Wars”. I don’t like science-fiction films (see, never).

2. ........................................................... you ........................................................... refurbishing your house ........................................................... (finish, yet)?

3. My cousin is a fantastic writer. He ........................................................... ten very creative short stories in the last year (write).

4. The train from Rome ........................................................... due to engine failure (not arrive, yet).

5. Robert lives in Colorado, hundreds of miles from the coast, so he ........................................................... the ocean (see, never).

6. In the last hundred years travelling ........................................................... much easier and cheaper (become).

7. Several climbers ........................................................... to reach the top ........................................................... (try, so far), but nobody ........................................................... (succeed, ever).

8. I ........................................................... (visit, already) the USA but I ........................................................... to the Middle East (travel, never).

Soluzioni
  1. have never seen
  2. Have finished yet
  3. has written
  4. has not arrived yet
  5. has never seen
  6. has become
  7. have tried so far / has ever succeeded
  8. have already visited / have never travelled
Livello B1-B2 Can, could, may, might/to be able to

Completa le frasi con l’uso corretto di can, could, may/might, be able to e dei verbi dati in ordine sparso.

walk • reach • buy • pass • arrive • park • find • go out • sleep • drive

1. I ....................................................... for 2000 km without stopping.

2. Our son ....................................................... when he was 10 months old.

3. Last night I ........................................................ There was a lot of noise in the street.

4. After five hours of climbing, we ....................................................... the top of the mountain.

5. He didn’t study hard. He ....................................................... his exam.

6. I’m late. I don’t think I ....................................................... at the station in time for the train.

7. You ....................................................... here. It’s a private road, there’s a sign there.

8. “What are you doing next weekend?” “We don’t know yet. We ....................................................... for a meal.”

9. I ....................................................... a parking place only after driving around for 20 minutes.

10. We are not sure yet but we ....................................................... a new house with a garden if we can get a loan (prestito).

walk • reach • buy • pass • arrive • park • find • go out • sleep • drive

1. I ....................................................... for 2000 km without stopping.

2. Our son ....................................................... when he was 10 months old.

3. Last night I ........................................................ There was a lot of noise in the street.

4. After five hours of climbing, we ....................................................... the top of the mountain.

5. He didn’t study hard. He ....................................................... his exam.

6. I’m late. I don’t think I ....................................................... at the station in time for the train.

7. You ....................................................... here. It’s a private road, there’s a sign there.

8. “What are you doing next weekend?” “We don’t know yet. We ....................................................... for a meal.”

9. I ....................................................... a parking place only after driving around for 20 minutes.

10. We are not sure yet but we ....................................................... a new house with a garden if we can get a loan (prestito).

Soluzioni
  1. was able to drive
  2. could walk
  3. couldn’t sleep
  4. were able to reach
  5. might not pass
  6. will be able to arrive
  7. can’t park
  8. might go out
  9. was able to find
  10. might buy
Livello A2-B1 Composti di some, any, no, every

Completa le frasi con l’uso dei composti di some, any e no.

1. There’s ....................................... in the office. It is closed.

2. ....................................... is knocking at the door.

3. I’m thirsty but there is ...................... to drink in the fridge.

4. Is there ....................................... to do for tomorrow?

5. Bob can’t find his keys ....................................... .

6. I was very lucky. There wasn’t ....................................... at the post office.

1. There’s ....................................... in the office. It is closed.

2. ....................................... is knocking at the door.

3. I’m thirsty but there is ...................... to drink in the fridge.

4. Is there ....................................... to do for tomorrow?

5. Bob can’t find his keys ....................................... .

6. I was very lucky. There wasn’t ....................................... at the post office.

Soluzioni

1. There’s nobody/no one in the office. It is closed.
2. Someone/Somebody is knocking at the door.
3. I’m thirsty but there is nothing to drink in the fridge.
4. Is there anything to do for tomorrow?
5. Bob can’t find his keys anywhere.
6. I was very lucky. There wasn’t anyone/anybody at the post office.

Livello A2-B1 Past continuous

Completa le frasi con l’uso del past simple e past continuous. Usa i verbi dati.

sit • take • fall • read • hurt • ring • paint • fall • shine • be • walk • visit • wait • work • play • have

Esempio
While I was waiting for the bus I read the local news in the newspaper.

1. It was late. Robert ............................................ asleep while he ............................................ still ............................................ at the computer.
2. John ............................................ his ankle while he ............................................ basketball.
3. Patrick’s phone ............................................ while he ............................................ a shower.
4. Paul and Mary ............................................ some photos while they ............................................ the Acropolis.
5. When the teacher ....................................... into the classroom the students ...................................... all ................................... at their desks.
6. The sun ............................................ when I ............................................ on holiday in the Caribbean.
7. Anne ............................................ off the ladder while she ............................................ a wall in the hall.

sit • take • fall • read • hurt • ring • paint • fall • shine • be • walk • visit • wait • work • play • have

Esempio
While I was waiting for the bus I read the local news in the newspaper.

1. It was late. Robert ............................................ asleep while he ............................................ still ............................................ at the computer.
2. John ............................................ his ankle while he ............................................ basketball.
3. Patrick’s phone ............................................ while he ............................................ a shower.
4. Paul and Mary ............................................ some photos while they ............................................ the Acropolis.
5. When the teacher ....................................... into the classroom the students ...................................... all ................................... at their desks.
6. The sun ............................................ when I ............................................ on holiday in the Caribbean.
7. Anne ............................................ off the ladder while she ............................................ a wall in the hall.

Soluzioni

1. It was late. Robert fell asleep while he was still working at the computer.
2. John hurt his ankle while he was playing basketball.
3. Patrick’s phone rang while he was having a shower.
4. Paul and Mary took some photos while they were visiting the Acropolis.
5. When the teacher walked into the classroom the students were all sitting at their desks.
6. The sun was shining when I was on holiday in the Caribbean.
7. Anne fell off the ladder while she was painting a wall in the hall.